Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Care Facilities / Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

ccrn · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker ccrn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Care Facilities
Employees 9605
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2010
ANNUAL
 REPORT

nurse & allied staffing

physician staffing

clinical trial services

education & retained search

nurse & allied staffing

We are one of the top two providers of nurse and allied staffing services in the U.S. We market these services 

primarily to acute care hospitals, providing clients with staffing solutions through our Cross Country Staffing, 

MedStaff and Allied Health Group brands. The vast majority of our assignments are at large acute-care hospitals, 

including teaching institutions and trauma centers, located in and around major metropolitan areas. We operate 

differentiated brands to recruit nurses and allied health professionals for assignments at healthcare facilities located 

throughout the U.S. As part of our business strategy, we also offer our Managed Services Provider (MSP) program 

to healthcare facility clients across the U.S. In addition, the staffing businesses of our Cross Country Staffing, 

MedStaff and Allied Health Group brands are certified by The Joint Commission under its Health Care Staffing 

Services Certification Program.

physician staffing

We are one of the top four providers of temporary physician staffing (locum tenens) services in the U.S. We market 

this service to hospitals, physician practice groups and other healthcare facilities through our Medical Doctor  

Associates (MDA) brand. MDA contracts with independent contractor physicians to provide medical services to 

MDA’s healthcare customers on assignments that may last from a few days up to and including a year. In addition, 

MDA is one of only three locum tenens companies with an in-house credentials verification organization certified 

by the NCQA (National Committee for Quality Assurance). MDA is currently the largest multi-specialty medical 

staffing company that has procured an occurrence-based professional liability policy that provides coverage in all 

50 states from an “AA+” rated national insurance company.

clinical trial services

We primarily provide traditional contract staffing and outsourcing services, as well as drug safety monitoring and 

regulatory consulting services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, and to contract 

research organization customers. We market these services through our ClinForce, Assent and AKOS brands. We 

recruit qualified candidates for our clinical trial services segment in the U.S. and internationally for temporary and 

permanent clinical research opportunities. Candidates we recruit are primarily individuals with an educational 

background and experience in life sciences or healthcare professionals who have left a care giving role to pursue 

clinical research opportunities.

education & retained search

Our Cross Country Education (CCE) business provides regulatory and clinical skill-based continuing education 

development for healthcare professionals. CCE offers one-day seminars and e-learning, as well as national and 

regional conferences. CCE is an approved provider of continuing education with more than 35 professional 

healthcare associations. 

Our Cejka Search business is a leading physician, allied health and healthcare executive search firm. Serving clients 

nationwide, Cejka Search annually completes hundreds of assignments for physician group practices, hospitals 

and health systems, academic medical centers, managed care and other healthcare organizations. It recruits top 

healthcare talent for organizations nationwide through a team of experienced professionals.

financial highlights

cash flow from operations 
($ in millions)

cross country healthcare, inc. 
 ($000’s except per share data)

revenue from services

2010

2009

2008

$72.4

$51.1

Nurse and Allied Staffing

Physician Staffing(a)

Clinical Trial Services

Other Human Capital Management

$32.9

$35.9

$31.5

Total Revenue

  $  242,160 

$  313,038 

$  525,772

  $  121,599 

$  151,853 

$  56,558

$ 

61,957

$  42,846

$ 

$ 

71,678 

$ 

99,129

41,668 

$  52,788

$  468,562 

$  578,237 

$  734,247

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

‘06      ‘07      ‘08      ‘09      ‘10

revenue mix

2010

9%

13%

26%

52%

contribution income(b)

2010

2009

2008

Nurse and Allied Staffing

Physician Staffing

Clinical Trial Services

Other Human Capital Management

net (loss) income(c)

Net (Loss) Income

Net (Loss) Income Per Diluted Share

other data

Cash Flow From Operations

Total Debt

Debt Ratio(d)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $  22,888 

  $ 

13,052 

$ 

$ 

6,391

3,768

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2010

(2,775) 

(0.09) 

2010

31,522 

53,513 

14%

30,641 

$  53,822

15,165 

$ 

5,711

7,029 

$  15,301

2,973 

$ 

7,444

2009

2008

6,694 

$ (142,945)

0.22 

$ 

(4.64)

2009

2008

72,400 

$  51,085

62,514 

$  133,080

18% 

33%

contribution income share

Average Revenue Per FTE Per Day(f)

  $ 

304 

$ 

314 

$ 

322

nurse & allied staffing data
($ actual)

FTEs(e)

2010

2,185 

2009

2,735 

2008

4,463

2010

8%

14%

28%

50%

Nurse & Allied Staffing 

Physician Staffing           

Clinical Trial Services 

Education & Retained Search

physician staffing data
($ actual)

Physician Staffing Days Filled(g)

Revenue Per Day Filled(h)

2010

78,346 

2009

95,253 

2008

34,863

  $ 

1,552 

$ 

1,594 

$ 

1,622

(a) The Company acquired substantially all of the assets of privately-held MDA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as all of the outstanding  
  stock of a subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (collectively MDA) effective September 1, 2008.
(b) Defined as income from operations before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and corporate expenses not specifically identified to 
  a reporting segment. Contribution income is a financial measure used by management when assessing segment performance.
(c) In 2010, net loss and net loss per diluted share included trademark impairment charges of $10.8 million pre-tax or $6.6 million after tax,  
  which impacted earnings per diluted share by $0.21. In 2009, net income and net income per diluted share included an impairment charge of  
  $1.7 million pre-tax or $1.1 million after tax and a legal settlement charge of $0.3 million pre-tax or $0.2 million after tax, which together  
  impacted earnings per diluted share by $0.04. In 2008, net loss and net loss per diluted share included goodwill impairment charges of $244.1  
  million pre-tax or $167.0 million after-tax, which impacted net loss per diluted share by $5.42.
(d) Defined as total debt, net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, divided by total stockholders’ equity plus total debt at year end.
(e) FTEs represent the average number of nurse and allied contract staffing personnel on a full-time equivalent basis.
(f) Average revenue per FTE per day is calculated by dividing the nurse and allied staffing revenue by the number of days worked in the respective  
  periods. Nurse and allied staffing revenue also includes revenue from permanent placement of nurses.
(g) Days filled is calculated by dividing the total hours filled during the period by 8 hours.
(h) Revenue per day filled is calculated by dividing the applicable revenue generated by the Company’s physician staffing segment by days filled for  
  the period presented.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Joseph a. boshart
PRESIDENT & CEO

dear fellow stockholders:

As 2010 reached its conclusion, my first reaction, of course, was 

or hospital systems.  Some key competitors in this market have either 

one of disappointment with the lingering impact that the Great 

merged or succumbed to the very difficult market conditions and 

Recession has had on our business results. Despite the best efforts  

sought protection in bankruptcy, leaving fewer viable competitors 

of our hard working team members and improving trends in key 

for this strategically important business.  As a result of this dynamic 

segments of our business during the second half of the year, we 

and the outstanding performance of our MSP team, we added new 

could not offset the steep decline in demand we saw in the first half 

MSP clients at the highest rate over the past year since we began 

and as a result our consolidated revenue declined by 19% from 

offering the service in 2003 and, accounted for approximately 30% 

2009 to $469 million – the lowest level in ten years as a public 

of our working nurses and allied health professionals at year-end.

company.  It seems an apt metaphor to note that the pace at which 

one can climb the mountain can never match the speed with which 

one can tumble down it in the throes of an avalanche.  

“…after two difficult years of tumbling, we 
have dusted ourselves off and resumed our 
climb back up the mountain, determined to 
ultimately exceed our previous heights.”

My second reaction to the year’s conclusion is one of gratification 

that after two difficult years of tumbling, we have dusted ourselves 

“I believe a new and brighter day is dawning 
for our Company, and we are excited by the 
opportunity that stands before us.”

More and more, we see our healthcare clients looking to increase 

efficiency and reduce internal costs by engaging vendors with 

broader and more comprehensive service offerings.  No one is 

better positioned than Cross Country Healthcare, a market leader 

in nurse, allied, and physician staffing, clinical trial services, search 

and education, to meet these increasing client expectations.

off and resumed our climb back up the mountain, determined to 

At the same time, our balance sheet discipline has placed us in an 

ultimately exceed our previous heights.  While market conditions 

excellent posture to further consolidate our industry.  While only 

in all those that we serve are still far from robust, I believe recovery 

time will tell, we believe attractive acquisition opportunities are 

has taken hold and we enter 2011 with more positive momentum 

likely to emerge from the recent market chaos and as firm believers 

than we have generated in several years.

in the long-term potential of healthcare staffing, we would be ready 

My third reaction to our experience in 2010 is one of pride in 

the response of our organization to some of the worst conditions 

to pursue such opportunities with purpose should they arise, if we 

conclude that they are in the best interests of our shareholders.  

imaginable.  One’s true character is never revealed when things are 

I believe a new and brighter day is dawning for our Company, and 

best, but when things are at their worst.  Our Company responded 

we are excited by the opportunity that stands before us.  I want to 

with resilience and determination, reaping the benefits of the 

thank the talented and dedicated employees of our Company for 

discipline we have maintained during the good times to survive in 

navigating this recent unprecedented period with the composure 

excellent condition relative to competitors during these extraordinarily 

and competence they’ve displayed.  I would also like to thank our 

bad times.

“…we added new MSP clients at the highest 
rate over the past year since we began  
offering the service in 2003 and, accounted 
for approximately 30% of our working 
nurses and allied health professionals at 
year-end.”

Our business is poised to resume growth in 2011, not necessarily 

because conditions have returned to normal, but because we are 

so well positioned to take market share as the longer term secular 

demographic trends that drive our business result in a gradually 

improving environment.  As an example, a key dynamic within our 

core hospital market is the increased utilization of companies like 

ours to serve as Managed Services Providers (MSP), or gatekeepers,  

if you will, for all outsourced clinical staff required by those hospitals 

shareholders for their continued support and confidence in our 

Company.  We look forward to rewarding that confidence in the 

years ahead.

Sincerely,

Joseph A. Boshart 

President & Chief Executive Officer

March 2011

a diversified leader in 
healthcare staffing services

nurse & allied staffing

physician staffing

clinical trial services

education & retained search

Cross Country Healthcare’s 2010 Annual Report is dedicated to Daniel J. Lewis,  
our long-time Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Dan unexpectedly passed  
away on March 1, 2011 at the age of 54. Dan was an integral part of our company 
for the past 22 years; he was our friend; and he was an exceptional colleague.

Dan was one of the finest people I have known personally and professionally. He was incredibly competent in his 
profession, always constructive in seeking solutions to problems, and always ready with a wry remark to keep the 
mood light. Anyone that worked for him also knew he had the biggest of hearts as well. Words cannot express  
how much I will miss him. Our thoughts and prayers go out to his wife, Robin, and their two sons.

         – Joseph A. Boshart

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
—————— 
FORM 10-K 

(cid:59)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010 

or 

(cid:133)  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from __________ to __________ 

Commission file number 0-33169 

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization) 

13-4066229 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

6551 Park of Commerce Boulevard, N.W. 
Boca Raton, Florida 33487 
(Address of principal executive offices, zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (561) 998-2232 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:133) No (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:133) No (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:59) No (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months 
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). (cid:134) Yes (cid:134) No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act: Large accelerated filer (cid:133) Accelerated filer (cid:59) Non-accelerated filer (cid:133) Smaller reporting company (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:133) No (cid:59) 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of Common Stock on 
June 30, 2010 of $8.99 as reported on the NASDAQ National Market, was $252,276,067. This calculation does not reflect a determination 
that persons are affiliated for any other purpose. 

As of March 3, 2011, 31,102,682 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, were outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement, for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which statement will be filed 
pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report, are incorporated by reference 
into Part III hereof. 

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business. ..................................................................................................................................................................1 

Item 1A.   Risk Factors. ..........................................................................................................................................................23 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments. .................................................................................................................................30 

Item 2.  

Properties. ..............................................................................................................................................................30 

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings..................................................................................................................................................30 

Item 4.  

(Removed and Reserved). ......................................................................................................................................30 

PART II 

Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of  

Equity Securities. ...........................................................................................................................................31 

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data..........................................................................................................................................34 

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.................................36 

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. ...............................................................................57 

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data......................................................................................................58 

Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. ...............................58 

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures. .......................................................................................................................................58 

Item 9B.  Other Information. .................................................................................................................................................60 

PART III 

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.....................................................................................60 

Item 11.   Executive Compensation. ......................................................................................................................................60 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters.............60 

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.......................................................60 

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services. ...............................................................................................................60 

PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. ..............................................................................................................61 

SIGNATURES ..........................................................................................................................................................................62 

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Cross Country” in this Report on Form 10-K means Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., 
its subsidiaries and affiliates. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements 

In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains statements relating to our future results (including certain 
projections and business trends) that are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and are 
subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, 
“estimates”, “suggests”, “appears”, “seeks”, “will” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to 
identify forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that 
may cause our actual results and performance to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or 
implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those 
discussed in the section entitled “Item 1A – Risk Factors.” Readers should also carefully review the “Risk Factors” section 
contained in other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by us in fiscal year 2011.  

Although we believe that these statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, we cannot guarantee future results and 
readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s opinions 
only as of the date of this filing. There can be no assurance that (i) we have correctly measured or identified all of the factors 
affecting our business or the extent of these factors’ likely impact, (ii) the available information with respect to these factors 
on which such analysis is based is complete or accurate, (iii) such analysis is correct or (iv) our strategy, which is based in 
part on this analysis, will be successful. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise forward-looking 
statements. 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business. 

Overview of Our Company 

We are a diversified leader in healthcare staffing services offering a comprehensive suite of staffing and outsourcing services 
to the healthcare market. We report our financial results according to four business segments: (1) nurse and allied staffing, 
(2) physician staffing, (3) clinical trial services and (4) other human capital management services. We believe we are one of 
the top two providers of nurse and allied staffing services; one of the top four providers of temporary physician staffing 
(locum tenens) services; and a leading provider of clinical trial staffing services, retained physician search services and 
educational seminars specifically for the healthcare marketplace. 

The long-term macro drivers of our business are demographic in nature and consist of a growing and aging U.S. population 
demanding more healthcare services and an aging workforce of healthcare professionals. Additionally, there are projected 
shortages of healthcare professionals including registered nurses (RNs) and physicians. Demand for our nurse, allied and 
physician staffing services is primarily influenced by two factors: (1) national labor market dynamics that affect the number 
of hours worked by healthcare professionals and (2) the strength or weakness in acute care hospital admissions relative to 
expectations and the volume of patients at other medical facilities and physician offices. Demand for our clinical trial staffing 
services is primarily influenced by the level of research and development (R&D) activities by pharmaceutical and 
biotechnology companies.  

Overall demand for our healthcare staffing services remains significantly reduced from levels in 2008 prior to the economic 
downturn that began during the fall of that year. However, more recently, demand for our nurse and allied staffing services 
and our clinical trial staffing services improved somewhat during the second half of 2010, but did not for our physician 
staffing services.  

The supply of healthcare professionals (HCPs) in the marketplace is dependent upon the number of HCPs entering their 
respective professions versus those retiring from the workforce. The supply of RNs available for our staffing services is 
variable and influenced by current labor market dynamics, as well as by the desire of RNs to work temporary assignments 
versus being directly employed by hospitals as staff nurses or working in non-hospital settings such as insurance companies, 
health clinics and doctor offices. The supply of physicians available for our physician staffing services is variable and is 
influenced by several factors, including the desire of physicians to work temporary assignments versus being in private 
practice or directly employed at healthcare facilities, the desire of older physicians to work fewer hours, work-lifestyle 
balance among younger physicians, and the trend toward more female physicians in the workforce who traditionally work 
fewer hours than male counter-parts. The supply of clinical trial personnel in the marketplace is relatively stable and 
comprised primarily of individuals with an educational background and experience in life sciences, as well as healthcare 

 
 
professionals who have left a care giving role to pursue clinical research opportunities. The supply of people available for our 
clinical trial services is dependent on the number of clinical trial professionals not currently employed in ongoing trials, as 
well as new people entering the industry.  

We have a diversified revenue mix across business sectors and healthcare customers. For the year ended December 31, 2010, 
our revenue was $468.6 million. Our nurse and allied staffing business segment, which represented 52% of our revenue, is 
comprised of travel nurse, per diem nurse and allied health staffing. Our physician staffing business segment consists of 
temporary physician staffing services with placements across multiple clinical specialties and represented 26% of our 
revenue. Our clinical trial services business segment consists primarily of contract staffing, as well as drug safety monitoring 
and regulatory consulting services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers and represented approximately 13% of our 
revenue. Our other human capital management services business segment consists of education and training, as well as 
retained search services related primarily to physicians, allied health and healthcare executives and was 9% of our revenue. 
For additional financial information concerning our business segments see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements - 
Segment Information, contained elsewhere in this report. On a company-wide basis, we have approximately 4,200 contracts 
with hospitals and healthcare facilities, pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers, and other healthcare organizations to 
provide our healthcare staffing and outsourcing solutions. In 2010, no single client accounted for more than 4% of our 
revenue. Our fees are paid directly by our clients and in certain cases by third-party vendor managers. As a result, we have no 
direct exposure to Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements. 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had a net loss of $2.8 million, or ($0.09) per diluted share, which included 
$6.6 million of after-tax trademark impairment charges related to the Medical Doctor Associates acquisition. During 2010, 
we generated $31.5 million in cash flow from operations. At year-end 2010, we had $11.0 million of cash and cash 
equivalents, and we had $53.5 million of total debt on our balance sheet resulting in a debt, net of cash, to total capitalization 
ratio of 14.2%. Our debt leverage ratio at December 31, 2010, (as defined in our credit agreement) was 2.1 to 1, below the 2.5 
to 1 maximum allowable ratio effective for the duration of our credit agreement. 

Healthcare and Demographic Influences on Our Business 

Demand Influences 

According to the most recent report by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), national healthcare spending 
in 2009 grew at the slowest rate in five decades, rising 4% to $2.5 trillion. The report indicated that the recent recession has 
had a strong influence on total healthcare spending. The slow down in spending was due primarily to slower growth in 
private insurance expenditures; a decline in capital spending on structures and equipment; and slower growth in out-of-pocket 
spending. Offsetting this was a 9% jump in Medicaid spending from the prior year as more Americans became eligible and 
enrolled in that federal program. Hospital spending increased 5.1% to $759.1 billion in 2009, but at a lower rate than in 
previous years. Spending for physician and clinical services increased at the slowest rate since the mid-1990s to 
$505.9 billion reflecting a decline in the number of visits to physician offices in 2009. 

Longer-term, CMS expects national health spending to reach $4.5 trillion by 2019, driven, in large part, by greater demand 
for healthcare services due to both an increasing and aging population.  

•  The U.S. population grew by 9.7% to 308.7 million people in the decade from 2000 to 2010, according to U.S. Census 
Bureau 2010 data. By 2050, the U.S. population is projected to expand to 420 million people, of which the number of 
people age 65 and older is expected to approach 87 million, according to a Congressional Research Service report 
(March 2007). Meanwhile, beginning in 2011, the oldest baby-boomers turn 65 years of age and become eligible for 
Medicare and the 55-to-64 age group is expected to expand to 40 million people by 2014. Utilization of hospital services 
and healthcare spending is significantly higher among older people.  

•  Patients age 65 and older typically average six to seven doctor visits per year compared to two to four visits annually for 
those under age 65. If the annual number of visits continues at the present rate, the U.S. population will make 53% more 
trips to the doctor in 2020 than in 2000, according to a November 2008 report by the Association of American Medical 
Colleges (AAMC). Additionally, the most costly illnesses are more common among the elderly. As medical advances 
extend survival rates and improve quality of life for those with chronic conditions, the need for ongoing healthcare 
services will increase. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reported that 80% of people 65 and older 
have at least one chronic condition, such as diabetes, arthritis or cancer. Life expectancy for Americans is nearly 78 
years, the highest in U.S. history, according to government statistics for 2005. In 2005, the U.S. Department of Health 
and Human Services reported that people over the age of 65 comprised 38% of all inpatients. The American Hospital 
Association (AHA) projects the share of hospital admissions for the over-65 age group to rise from 38% in 2004 to 56% 
in 2030. 

2 

 
Supply Influences 

Overlaid on this expected increase in demand for healthcare services is a projected shortage of RNs that is characterized by 
an aging nurse workforce and a nurse education system constrained by both an aging faculty and lack of teaching facilities. 
There is also a growing shortage of physicians in both hospitals and practice groups that is influenced by constraints in the 
number of graduates from U.S. medical schools combined with an aging workforce that is expected to experience substantial 
retirements over the next decade. Healthcare reform legislation enacted earlier in 2010 is also expected to have a future 
impact on the shortage of RNs and physicians caused by adding tens of millions of new patients to the reimbursement 
system. 

•  Despite high unemployment rates and job losses in other sectors of the economy that continued in 2010, the U.S. 

healthcare workforce continued to expand and served to ease the shortage of RNs working in hospitals. The Bureau of 
Labor Statistics reported on January 7, 2011 that healthcare employers added 35,700 new jobs, on a seasonally adjusted 
basis, in the month of December 2010, bringing the 2010 total of new jobs created in this sector to 265,800. As the 
largest group of health professionals, RNs were likely recruited to fill many of these new positions. However, in the 
longer-term, by 2025, large shortages of RNs are projected nationwide (Health Affairs, June/July 2009). More 
specifically, during the past few years vacancy rates for RNs fell from a peak of 13% in 2001 to 8.1% in 2006 and to 6% 
in 2009, according to information from the American Hospital Association and a 2009 survey of hospital CEOs 
conducted by AMN Healthcare, Inc. This was due to increases in RN employment consisting of younger RNs continuing 
to enter the workforce and older RNs remaining in the workforce longer. These recent dynamics have led researchers to 
update the average age of the RN workforce downward and project a delay from earlier estimates in the onset of a 
substantial shortfall of RNs to around 2018 with the shortage growing to approximately 260,000 by 2025 (Health Affairs, 
June 2009). More near-term, nearly one-third of RNs reported they will not be working in their current jobs in 12 
months, and approximately half of the respondents stated they foresee a change in their career paths out of the nursing 
workforce, decreasing their hours or changing to a less demanding care-giver role, according to a 2010 Survey of 
Registered Nurses: Job Satisfaction and Career Plans (AMN Healthcare, Inc., January 2010). By 2012, RNs in their 
fifties will comprise the largest age group in the profession, and by 2020, baby-boomer nurses will be in their sixties, 
although most are expected to have retired from working in acute care hospitals (Health Affairs, January/February 2007). 
However, due to the effects of the economic downturn, many retired RNs returned to the workforce and those 
contemplating retirement are keeping their jobs to maintain household income.  

•  Physicians are in short supply as well. While the root cause of this shortage dates back to the 1980s and 1990s when 

medical schools capped enrollment, the U.S. is expected to face a shortage of 124,000 to 159,000 physicians by 2025, 
according to a study by the AAMC published in November 2008 that expects the shortage to be most severe among 
family physicians and general surgeons. In September 2010, the AAMC increased its earlier estimate of the projected 
shortage of physicians across all specialties by 50% to take into account the enactment of health care reform legislation 
giving 32 million Americans health care coverage. Contributing to this substantial worsening in the shortage of 
physicians is a projection by the U.S. Census Bureau for 36% growth in the number of Americans over age 65 and 
eligible for Medicare, and the expectation by the AAMC that nearly one-third of all physicians will retire in the next 
decade. Moreover, while the number of applicants to U.S. medical schools is increasing, it has not kept pace with the 
expected future demand given the number of post-graduate years of training required. Surgical training, for example, 
requires eight to fourteen years. Although helping somewhat is an expected increase in the number of medical students, 
adding 7,000 graduates annually over the next decade according to the AAMC. 

Influences on Our Customers 

Hospital and healthcare facility customers comprise the majority of our revenue base. Typically, they provide medical care on 
a 24 hour/7 day a week basis, which requires RNs, physicians and other healthcare professionals to be on staff around the 
clock. Labor costs have historically been the largest component of a hospital’s operating budget with nursing care accounting 
for about half of this amount or a quarter of total expenditures. Hospitals are capital-intensive organizations that are paid for 
their services through reimbursements from the CMS, by insurance companies paying their members’ covered claims, and by 
private-pay individuals. Our fees are paid directly by our clients and in certain cases by vendor managers. As a result, we 
have no direct exposure to Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements. 

Since the beginning of 2003, growth in hospital in-patient admissions has been relatively flat. In addition, hospitals, 
healthcare facilities and physician practice groups have had to contend with changes to government reimbursements for their 
services and changes in legislation and agency regulations, along with a large pool of uninsured patients. Among other 
things, these factors have been compounded by high unemployment, higher deductibles and co-pays for those with health 
insurance coverage and rising bad-debt.  

3 

 
In December 2007, the U.S. economy entered into a recession according to the National Bureau of Economic Research, 
which was followed by a severe credit crisis that unfolded in the fall of 2008, making borrowing significantly more costly or 
unavailable for individuals and businesses, including hospitals and healthcare facilities. Among other things, this reduced 
access to capital causing the cancellation or delay of hospital expansion and construction projects that during the prior few 
years had experienced a robust up-surge. The recession also led to a rapid and significant downturn in the national labor 
market, which triggered RNs to offer more hours of service directly to hospital employers at wages hospitals were willing 
and able to pay. These factors resulted in a steep decline in the demand for our temporary nurse and allied staffing services, 
and to a lesser extent, our physician staffing services. Physicians have historically been revenue generators for hospitals, 
healthcare facilities and practice groups while nurses are not a directly reimbursed cost in the delivery of care. More recently, 
a strengthening trend reveals more physician groups selling to hospitals or health systems in order to avoid the administrative 
responsibilities, regulatory burden and risk of owning their own medical practices, thus reducing the demand from hospitals 
for temporary physicians. Accordingly, the Medical Group Management Association (MGMA) annual physician 
compensation surveys for the past two years found that hospital-owned practices exceeded physician-owned group practices 
for the first time, increasing from 25.6% in 2005 to 49.5% in 2008 and to approximately 52% in 2009. 

According to the AHA, hospitals continue to feel the lingering effects of the economic recession. Based on data from a 
March 2010 survey conducted by the AHA, patients continued to delay or forego care due to family economic reasons 
resulting in 70% of hospitals with lower overall patient volumes and 72% with lower levels of elective procedures. At the 
same time, 74% of hospitals reported reduced operating margins and 50% decreased non-operating income. To withstand the 
economic downturn, many hospitals cut administrative costs, reduced overall staff and limited services. Despite some actual 
or perceived improvement in the economy, few hospitals report they are able to return to pre-recession staff and service 
levels. The AHA reported that 89% of hospitals indicated they have not added back staff or increased staff hours and 98% 
have not restored services or programs to previous levels. In addition, 44% of hospitals reported continued difficulty 
accessing capital and 67% have not started or resumed capital projects put on hold due to the recession. 

In our clinical trial services segment, the economic downturn was among the catalysts for numerous pharmaceutical and 
biotechnology company mergers and acquisitions, as well as business closures that resulted in reevaluations of clinical 
strategy and product mix, along with a refocusing or reduction in R&D programs. While an increasing amount of R&D had 
been outsourced over the preceding years, the global economic downturn substantially decreased R&D activity in this sector 
and reduced the demand for our clinical trial services. However, during the second half of 2010, we experienced an increase 
in demand as expressed by the level of requests for proposals for clinical staffing projects. 

Nurse and Allied Staffing  

We are a leading provider of travel nurse staffing services in the U.S., as well as a provider of allied health staffing and per 
diem nurse staffing services. Segment revenue was $242.2 million in 2010. We market our nurse and allied staffing services 
primarily to acute care hospitals, providing clients with staffing solutions through our Cross Country Staffing (CCS), 
MedStaff and Allied Health Group brands. We provide RNs for travel and per diem staffing assignments at public and private 
healthcare facilities, as well as for-profit and not-for-profit facilities located throughout the U.S. Our Allied Health Group 
provides nurse practitioners and physician assistants, as well as staffing for the radiation therapy market to hospitals, 
healthcare facilities and physician practice groups across the U.S.  

The vast majority of our assignments are at large acute-care hospitals, including teaching institutions and trauma centers, 
located in and around major metropolitan areas. We also provide other healthcare professionals for travel and per diem 
assignments in a wide range of specialties that include operating room technicians and various allied health professionals, 
such as rehabilitation therapists, radiology technicians, respiratory therapists and radiation therapy technicians for 
assignments in hospitals and non-acute care settings such as physician practice groups, skilled nursing facilities, nursing 
homes and sports medicine clinics, and, to a lesser degree, in non-clinical settings, such as schools.  

The staffing businesses of our Cross Country Staffing, MedStaff and Allied Health Group brands are certified by The Joint 
Commission under its Health Care Staffing Services Certification Program. 

CCS is our largest brand and, as a part of its business strategy, offers Managed Service Provider (MSP) solutions to our large 
hospital and healthcare system clients throughout the U.S. At year end 2010, approximately 30% of our nurse and allied 
FTEs were working at MSP client facilities. In addition to directly supplying the vast majority of client needs under these 
MSP programs, CCS has relationships with hundreds of subcontractors throughout the U.S. to ensure that clients have access 
to a large pool of candidates to meet their staffing needs.  

CCS’s MSP solution positions it as a single point of contact to manage a client’s entire temporary healthcare staffing needs 
(travel and/or per diem staffing). Not only does the MSP solution result in the consistent verification and credentialing of 

4 

 
candidates, it also provides process efficiencies and cost savings to the client. While each MSP is tailored to the specific 
needs of a particular client, the typical MSP contract requires CCS to: negotiate contracts with subcontractors to ensure a 
large pool of candidates, verify that all nurses provided both by CCS and subcontractors have certain credentials and meet 
other standards and testing requirements established by the client, verify insurance coverage of the subcontractors and their 
candidates, process orders for open positions from the client and distribute those needs to subcontractors if CCS is unable to 
fill them, interview eligible candidates for open positions, provide the client with one invoice for services provided by CCS 
and all subcontractors, make payments to subcontractors for services provided to the client, and capture and analyze data for 
the benefit of the client. These services are particularly beneficial to larger clients who require many healthcare professionals 
across a broad spectrum of medical disciplines and specialties.   

Overview of the Nurse and Allied Staffing Industry 

The temporary nurse staffing solutions available to hospital administrators are travel nurses and per diem nurses. Travel nurse 
staffing involves placement of RNs on a contract basis, typically for a 13-week assignment although assignments may range 
from several weeks to longer than three months. Travel assignments usually involve relocation to the geographic area of the 
assignment. Travel nurses provide hospitals and healthcare facilities with flexibility and variable costs to manage changes in 
their staffing needs due to shifts in demand, represent a pool of potential full-time job candidates, and enable healthcare 
facilities to provide their patients with a greater degree of continuity of care. The staffing company generally is responsible 
for providing travel nurses with customary employment benefits and for coordinating travel and housing arrangements. Per 
diem nurse staffing comprises the majority of the outsourced temporary nurse staffing market and involves the placement of 
locally-based healthcare professionals on short-term assignments, often for daily shift work, with little advance notice by the 
hospital client. Consequently, housing and extensive travel are generally not required for this mode of staffing. According to 
industry sources, the nurse and allied staffing industry revenue was estimated to be approximately $6.2 billion in 2010. 

In response to concerns relative to quality of care and nurse education, a study by the University of Pennsylvania’s Center for 
Health Outcomes and Policy Research (Journal of Nursing Administration, August 2007) reported that hospital use of 
temporary RNs does not lower quality of care because these nurses are just as qualified – and in many cases more qualified – 
than permanent staff nurses. The study also found that temporary nurses were more likely than permanent nurses to hold 4-
year baccalaureate or more advanced degrees and more likely to have received their education in the past 10 years when 
compared to hospital staff nurses. 

Recruiting 

We operate differentiated brands – Cross Country TravCorps, MedStaff, NovaPro, Cross Country Local, CRU-48, Allied 
Health Group and Assignment America – to recruit nurses and allied healthcare professionals on a domestic and international 
basis. We believe RNs and allied health professionals are attracted to us because we offer a wide range of diverse 
assignments in attractive locations, competitive compensation and benefit packages, as well as a high level of customer 
service. In 2010, thousands of healthcare professionals applied with us through our recruitment brands. However, compared 
to the prior year, we experienced a decline in the supply of RN’s available for our nurse staffing services due to the economic 
downturn and its impact on the national labor market, as previously outlined. In addition, during 2010 we did not recruit RNs 
from outside the U.S. due to ongoing visa restrictions by the U.S Department of State. 

Historically, more than half of our field employees have been referred to us by other healthcare professionals. We also 
advertise in trade publications and on the Internet, which has become an increasingly important component of our recruitment 
efforts. We maintain a number of websites to allow potential applicants to obtain information about our brands and 
assignment opportunities, as well as to apply online. 

Our recruiters are an essential element of our travel staffing business, responsible for establishing and maintaining key 
relationships with candidates for the duration of their employment with our Company. Our recruiters work with candidates 
before, during and after their employment with us. We believe our retention rate of healthcare professionals is a direct result 
of these relationships. Recruiters match the supply of qualified candidates in our databases with the demand for open orders 
posted by our hospital clients. At year-end 2010, we had 106 recruiters in this segment of our business, which includes per 
diem branch personnel. 

Our recruiters utilize proprietary computerized databases of positions to match assignment requirements with the experience, 
skills and geographic preferences of candidates. Once an assignment is selected, our account managers review the candidate’s 
application package before submitting it to a hospital client for consideration. Account managers are knowledgeable about 
the specific requirements and operating environment of the hospitals that they service. 

5 

 
Contracts with Field Employees and Hospital Clients 

Each of our traveling field employees works for us under a contract. Travel assignments are typically 13-weeks in duration 
and may be shorter or longer. Our traveling field employees that are on payroll contracts are hourly employees whose 
contract specifies the hourly rate they will be paid and any other benefits they are entitled to receive during the contract 
period. We bill clients at an hourly rate and assume all employer costs, including payroll, withholding taxes, benefits, 
professional liability insurance and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, as well as any 
travel and housing arrangements.  

Operations 

We operate our travel staffing business through a relatively centralized business model servicing all of the assignment needs 
of our field employees and client facilities through operation centers located in Boca Raton, Florida; Malden, Massachusetts; 
Tampa, Florida; Newtown Square, Pennsylvania; and Norcross, Georgia. In addition to the key sales and recruitment 
activities, these centers also perform support activities such as coordinating assignment accommodations, payroll processing, 
benefits administration, billing and collections, contract processing, customer service and risk management. Our per diem 
staffing services are provided through a network of 17 branch offices serving major metropolitan markets predominantly 
located on the east and west coasts of the U.S. 

Hours worked by field employees are recorded by our operations system, which then transmits the data directly to Automatic 
Data Processing, Inc. for payroll processing. Client billings are typically generated using time and attendance data captured 
by our payroll system. Our payroll department also provides customer support services for field employees. 

During 2010, we had an average of approximately 1,100 apartments open under lease throughout the U.S. Our housing staff 
typically secures leases and arranges for furniture rental and utilities for field employees at their assignment locations. 
Apartment leases are typically three months in duration to match the assignment length of our field employees. Beyond the 
initial term, leases can generally be extended on a month-to-month basis. We typically provide accommodations at no cost to 
the healthcare professional on assignment with us based on our respective recruitment brand’s practices. We believe that our 
economies of scale help us secure competitive pricing and favorable lease terms. 

Demand and Supply Drivers 

Using temporary personnel enables healthcare providers to manage their total staffing levels of internal and external nursing 
resources to better match variability in patient admissions, seasonal fluctuations, and other factors such as facility expansion 
and staff training activities.  

The market for our nurse staffing services is determined by the demand from hospital customers and the available supply of 
RNs and other healthcare professionals. We believe demand is a function of both the dynamics of the national labor market 
and its impact on RNs and their spouses (approximately 75% of RNs in the U.S. are married), as well as hospital admission 
trends relative to expectations (Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), September 2010). Each of these 
factors influences the number of shifts or hours that full-and part-time RNs are willing to work directly for hospitals at wages 
hospitals are able to pay. In general, we believe nurses are more willing to seek travel assignments during relatively high 
levels of demand for contract employment, and conversely, are more reluctant to seek travel assignments during and 
immediately following periods of weak demand for contract employment. We also believe demand for travel nurse staffing 
services will be favorably impacted in the long-term by an expanding and aging population and an increasing shortage of 
nurses. 

The business environment for our nurse and allied staffing services in 2010 reflected a continuation of hospital admission 
trends that have been relatively flat since 2003, as well as the lingering effects of the economic downturn and weak national 
labor market that translated into more uninsured people and fewer people with commercial health insurance coverage. 
Moreover, high national unemployment typically results in RNs increasingly seeking employment as hospital staff nurses and 
those already employed as staff nurses become more willing to work more hours at prevailing wages. Combined, these 
factors reduce the need for our outsourced staffing services as reflected by the lower segment revenue and staffing volume of 
healthcare professionals we had on assignment in 2010 compared to the prior year. However, as 2010 progressed, we 
experienced an increase in demand for our travel nurse and allied staffing services that translated into sequential quarterly 
improvement in our relative bookings activity for future assignments and then a modest improvement in staffing volume in 
the fourth quarter of 2010. We were also able to improve our gross margin by reducing direct costs, including housing and 
some insurance expenses. Additionally, our bill-pay spread continued to improve. Bill rates, as measured by revenue per hour 
in our travel nurse staffing business, contracted modestly during the year compared to the prior year, but were offset by 
reduced wages to our field employees. 

6 

 
We believe our strategy of focusing on opportunities to provide our MSP services to hospital and health system clients, 
coupled with our success in winning a number of those MSP contracts during 2010, were important factors in our sequential 
improvement in relative bookings, defined as net weeks booked as a percentage of the average number of FTE’s on 
assignment during the year. We also provided an effective staffing solution to support hospitals implementing new electronic 
medical records technology. 

The following is a list of relevant data from the 2008 National Sample Survey of Registered Nurses (NSSRN) published by the 
HRSA in September 2010: 

•  The number of RNs in the U.S. grew by 5.3% to 3.1 million in 2008 from 2004, representing a net growth of 153,806 

RNs.  

•  From 2004 to 2008, an estimated 444,668 RNs received their first U.S. license, while approximately 291,000 RNs 

allowed their U.S. licenses to lapse, possibly indicating that the substantial retirements that have been anticipated may 
have begun. 

•  Of the total number of RNs, an estimated 2.6 million or 84.8% were employed in nursing, the highest rate of nursing 

employment since HRSA began the NSSRN in 1977. 

•  Full-time RN employment increased for the first time since 1996, increasing to 63.2% in 2008 from 58.4% in 2004. 

•  Hospitals remained the most common employment setting for RNs, expanding to 62.2% of employed RNs in 2008 from 

57.4% in 2004. 

•  More than half of RNs work at least 40 hours per week in their principal nursing position. 

•  The aging of the nursing workforce slowed for the first time in the past 30 years. In 1988, half the RN workforce was 
less than 38 years of age, but in 2004 the age rose to 46 years and remained there in 2008. This slowdown in the aging 
trend resulted from an increase in employed RNs less than 30 years of age – the first increase seen in this age group since 
the inaugural NSSRN in 1977. 

•  The most recent graduates, defined as those who completed their initial nursing education between 2005 and 2008, 

comprised nearly 20% of all RNs in the U.S. in 2008 and about 23% of employed RNs. The average age of the recent 
graduates was a little over 30 years as compared to RNs who graduated from nursing programs before 2001 when the 
average age was 26.7 years. Hospitals employed more than 83% of the most recent graduates and more than 75% of RNs 
who graduated in 2001 to 2004. More specifically, nearly 85% of RNs under 30 years old work in hospitals. This 
compares to less than 50% of RNs age 55 and older who work in hospitals. 

•  Older RNs over age 50 comprised 44.7% percent of the total RN population in 2008, compared with 33.0% in 2000. RNs 
aged 50–54 in 2008 who were employed full-time worked an average of 43.7 hours per week, slightly more than the 
average for full-time nurses under age 50. Beginning at age 60, the hours worked by part-time nurses declines steadily 
with age. As RNs grow older, and especially for RNs older than age 60, retirement becomes an increasingly dominant 
reason for employment changes. 

As part of a more recent statement by the Tri-Council of Nursing (July 2010), Dr. Peter Buerhaus, Associate Dean of 
Vanderbilt University’s School of Nursing, believes it is important to look beyond the short-term environment where 
hospitals have largely been able to employ all the RNs they want at prevailing wages due to the uncertainty over key 
economic factors. Buerhaus outlined that once the jobs recovery begins and RNs’ spouses rejoin the labor market, many 
currently employed RNs could leave the workforce where their exit could be swift and deep. This includes many of the more 
than 100,000 RNs over the age of 50 that re-entered the workforce during 2007 and 2008, who are a part of the nearly 
900,000 working RNs over the age of 50, of which Buerhaus expects large numbers of them to retire in the years ahead – 
independent of the pace and intensity of a jobs recovery. 

Internationally educated RNs whose initial nursing education took place outside of the U.S. or in the U.S. territories represent 
a larger percentage of the domestic nursing workforce rising to 8.1% in 2008 from 5.1% prior to 2004, according to the 2008 
HRSA survey. During the past few years, the National Council of State Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) expanded the test sites 
for its NCLEX nurse licensing exam beyond locations in the U.S. and its territories and other international sites to include 
locations in Seoul, South Korea, London and Hong Kong as a convenience to foreign-educated nurse candidates. However, 
entry into the U.S. has been blocked or delayed due to immigration quotas and a lack of appropriate temporary visa 
categories. 

7 

 
Educating Nurses  

The most commonly reported initial nursing education of RNs in the U.S. is the Associate Degree in Nursing, representing 
45.4% of nurses. Bachelor’s or graduate degrees were received by 34.2% of RNs, and 20.4% from hospital-based diploma 
programs. The average age of RNs who graduated from their initial nursing education program is rising. More than 21% of 
RNs earned an academic degree prior to their initial nursing degree. More than two-thirds of RNs reported working in a 
health occupation prior to their initial nursing education (HRSA, September 2010). 

Enrollment in entry-level baccalaureate nursing programs increased 6.1% in 2010 from the prior year, according to 
preliminary survey data from the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) issued in December 2010. This 
marks the tenth consecutive year of enrollment growth.  

Enrollment in master’s and doctoral degree nursing programs increased significantly in 2010, according to the AACN. 
Nursing schools with master’s programs reported a 9.8% increase in enrollment and a 10.1% increase in graduations. In 
doctoral nursing programs, enrollment increased 25.6% in 2010 from 2009, while enrollment in research-focused doctoral 
programs increased 4.5%. 

Despite strong interest in nursing careers, nursing schools continue to receive more qualified applications than can be 
accommodated. The AACN preliminary data reflects that 52,115 qualified applications for entry-level baccalaureate nursing 
programs in 2010 were turned away. As a comparison, this far exceeds the number of students turned away each year from 
2005 through 2009, which ranged from 36,400 to 42,981 applications. The primary barriers to accepting all qualified students 
at nursing colleges and universities continue to be a shortage of clinical placement sites and faculty.  

Nursing school faculty vacancies increased slightly to 6.9% in 2010 from 6.6% in 2009, according to an AACN report 
(September 17, 2010). This report also stated that growth in U.S. schools of nursing is being restrained by a shortage of 
faculty, which is driven by a limited pool of doctoral-prepared nurses and noncompetitive faculty salaries. 

Legislation  

In the context of a worsening nursing shortage and legislative efforts to address nurse staffing ratios and the use of mandatory 
overtime at hospitals and healthcare facilities, there is a growing body of research that substantiates concerns raised by 
consumer groups about the quality of care provided in healthcare facilities and by nursing organizations about the increased 
workloads and pressures on nurses. Legislation, such as outlined below, has been passed and/or introduced at federal and 
state levels. The passage of such legislation is expected to increase the demand for nurses. 

Nurse Staffing Plans and Ratios 

42 Code of Federal Regulations (42CFR 482.23(b) requires hospitals that participate in Medicare to “have adequate numbers 
of licensed registered nurses, licensed practical (vocational) nurses, and other personnel to provide nursing care to all patients 
as needed.” However, it is left to the states to ensure that staffing is appropriate to meet patients’ needs safely. 

Reductions in nursing budgets have resulted in fewer nurses who work longer hours, while caring for sicker patients. As a 
result, nurses have requested assistance from their elected officials to address these issues. Three general approaches have 
been proposed: 

•  Require and hold hospitals accountable for implementing nurse staffing plans, with input from practicing nurses, to 

assure that safe nurse to patient ratios are based on patient needs and other criteria.  

•  Legislation mandating specific nurse to patient ratios in legislation or regulation.  

•  Combine nurse staffing plans and legislated nurse to patient ratios, and make staffing information available to the public. 

To date, 12 states have enacted legislation and/or adopted regulations to address nurse staffing plans and ratios: CA, CT, IL, 
NV, NJ, NY, OH, OR, RI, TX, VT, and WA. At this time there is no Federal legislation pending with respect to nurse 
staffing plans or ratios. 

8 

 
Mandatory Overtime 

Overtime is defined as the hours worked in excess of an agreed upon, predetermined, regularly scheduled full or part time 
work schedule, as determined by contract, established work scheduling practices, policies or procedures. Due to inadequate 
RN staffing, healthcare facility employers have used mandatory overtime to staff facilities. Concern for the long term effects 
of overtime include the impact on the caregiver’s health as well as the potential for errors from fatigue and diminished quality 
of care provided. Research indicates that risks of making an error are significantly increased when work shifts are longer than 
12 hours, when nurses work overtime, or when nurses work more than 40 hours per week. Voluntary overtime is not affected. 

To date, 17 states have legislated restrictions, have provisions in regulations or are studying the use of mandatory overtime 
for nurses: AK, CA, CT, IL, MD, MN, MO, NH, NJ, NY, NC, OR, PA, RI, TX, WA, and WV. At this time there is no 
Federal legislation pending with respect to mandatory overtime. 

Physician Staffing 

The physician staffing or “locum tenens” industry is more than 25 years old and is most commonly used to mean temporary 
physicians that contract with staffing agencies to perform medical services over a specified period of time as independent 
contractors at hospitals, group practices or other healthcare organizations. Physicians consider this way of practicing 
medicine an excellent alternative to traditional practice while healthcare organizations appreciate the value of this flexible 
staffing model. 

In using temporary physicians, the staffing needs of healthcare facilities are met while physicians gain flexibility in their 
schedules and professional experience in multiple practice settings. Utilization of temporary physician coverage ranges from 
rural solo physician practices to major health systems and managed care organizations. Healthcare facilities have found that 
supplemental healthcare professionals are needed for a variety of reasons: to compensate for a physician shortage, to fill in 
for an absent staff member who may be ill, on vacation, on maternity leave or sabbatical, as well as to cover while physicians 
attend continuing medical education courses, to supplement regular staff during busy times, or to staff new facilities while 
permanent providers are recruited. Many healthcare facilities across the country use temporary physicians as an integral part 
of their master staffing plan. In many cases, it is less costly and more efficient for them to staff at a minimum level and use 
temporary physicians to supplement their permanent staff, rather than always trying to staff at the maximum level and having 
many periods of time when the staff are not fully utilized. 

Physicians choose temporary assignments for a variety of reasons and at various points in their careers. For example, it is an 
especially appealing option for new physicians just out of residency training. It provides them with the opportunity to sample 
different practices and areas of the country before making a long-term commitment in any one spot. While medical schools 
and residency programs teach the art of practicing medicine, new physicians frequently emerge from training without 
knowing just what style of practice will suit them best and many report being unhappy with their first practice setting. With 
temporary physician staffing, there is no pressure to rush into a permanent decision, and there are no immediate financial 
burdens such as “buying in” to a practice or permanently locating to what could turn out to be the wrong place. 

Temporary staffing is also the choice of many seasoned physicians who are not ready to retire, but who want to scale down 
from the rigors and administrative burdens of a full-time practice and/or supplement their income. These physicians enjoy the 
opportunity to keep more reasonable hours and combine work with travel and time spent with family and friends. Other 
physicians choose temporary physician staffing work while in mid-career as a way to find the right position in a new area, 
while they are in professional transition such as from military to civilian practice or while in the process of starting their own 
business. 

Overview of the Physician Market 

Demand for physicians is projected to grow 26.3% between 2006 and 2025, from 680,500 to 859,300 FTEs, according to an 
AAMC report The Complexities of Physician Supply and Demand: Projections Through 2025 (November 2008), which 
attributed the demand increase to both the projected growth and aging of the population, of which the majority will come 
from the increase in population. The AAMC report also concluded that projected growth in physician demand will vary by 
specialty group and by health care delivery setting, finding that specialties that predominantly serve the elderly are expected 
to be highest in demand, and, if current patterns continue, the hospital inpatient setting is projected to experience the greatest 
increase in demand of 36.6%, while all the other settings are projected to grow by increases that exceed 20%. 

9 

 
In the long-term, there are not enough physicians to fill the number of vacancies at U.S. hospitals, practice groups and other 
healthcare facilities – and the shortage is expected to grow even further. The AAMC Center for Workforce Studies estimates 
that the U.S. will face a shortage of 124,000-159,000 physicians by 2025, with the potential for healthcare reform to add to 
overall demand for doctors and increase the projected shortfall by 25%. Studies by the AAMC attribute some of the causes 
behind the projected shortages to include: 

•  Of the nearly 700,000 physicians practicing medicine today in the U.S., approximately one-third of physicians are over 
age 55. Approximately 38% of these physicians report they are considering retirement in the next one to three years, 
according to the American Medical Association (AMA). In absolute terms, the number of physician retirements is 
expected to rise to 23,000 per year in 2025 from approximately 9,000 in 2000, according to the AAMC. 

•  More than half of U.S. hospitals consistently faced substantial gaps in specialist coverage in their emergency 
departments between 2005 and 2007, especially in orthopedics and neurology, according to the AMA. 

•  Shortages exist for all types of physicians, especially for physicians specializing in emergency medicine, cardiology, 

family practice, general surgery, internal medicine, hospital medicine (hospitalists), oncology, orthopedics, psychiatry 
and urology. Of particular concern is the shortage of primary care physicians. The AAMC sites numerous reasons for the 
decline in interest in a career in primary care. 

−  While primary care physicians have consistently comprised about one-third of all physicians over the past 30 years, 
the number of U.S. medical school graduates selecting a family medicine career has fallen nearly 27% from 5,746 in 
2002 to 4,210 in 2007. 

−  Consequently, there is a significant income gap – and perception of status and prestige – between generalists and 

specialists. 

−  Medical education and training appear to have less impact on the career choice of new physicians than the practice 
environment for primary care. Medical students often cite factors such as an ability to control workload, flexibility 
in scheduling, and career satisfaction as elements in their decisions. 

On the other end of the spectrum, the physician workforce is aging with a relatively large proportion of physicians 
approaching retirement age just as the demand for their services is projected to surge due to an aging U.S. population. In 
addition to retirement, physicians also leave the workforce due to mortality, disability and career change.  

According to the American Medical Association, there were 38,146 physicians age 65 and older in 1970, and by 2008, this 
demographic grew 408.6% to 194,014 while the total number of physicians grew by only 188.4% over this same period. As 
a percentage of all physicians, only 12% were 65 and older in 1970, compared to 20% in 2008. In contrast, the proportion of 
physicians younger than age 35 decreased from 27% in 1970 to 15% in 2008. Many of these older physicians are still in 
practice, either by choice or circumstance. About 40% of physicians 65 and older were in active practice in 2008, according 
to the 2010 edition of the AMA's Physician Characteristics and Distribution in the U.S. In 2005, the AAMC identified 
252,000 active physicians, who were at or would pass retirement age within 10 years. Presently, nearly one fourth of the 
active physician workforce is age 60 or older. 

In addition, physicians are looking for stability in an environment of decreasing reimbursement for professional fees, as well 
as increased pressure and cost for physician practices to comply with new electronic health records standards. At the same 
time, hospitals are trying to manage rising costs and the CMS is moving to a coordinated care model via Accountable Care 
Organizations (ACOs) in an effort to enable healthcare providers to control costs and improve quality by working together 
with other providers and payers under a structure that effectively accepts and redistributes global payments. One indicator is 
the growing trend of physician employment by hospitals, which has nearly doubled since 1994 (PriceWaterhouseCoopers, 
December 2009). The Medical Group Management Association (MGMA) reported in its 2010 Physician Placement Starting 
Salary Survey that hospital-owned practices were the most successful in attracting physicians in 2009. Approximately 65% of 
established physicians and 49% of physicians hired out of residency or fellowship were placed in hospital-owned practices. 

Educating Physicians 

The root cause of the projected physician shortage dates back to the 1980s and 1990s when enrollment in medical schools 
was capped. Although medical school enrollments and graduations have increased somewhat since 2005, the education and 
training of more physicians will not be enough to address the shortage, according to the AAMC (December 2008). 

The number of applicants to U.S. medical schools increased slightly in 2010 to 42,742 from 42,269 applicants in the prior 
year, according to the AAMC. Total enrollment in medical schools increased 1.5% in 2010 to 18,665 students compared to 
approximately 18,400 students in 2009. Graduations from U.S. medical schools in 2010 increased 2% to 16,838 from 16,467 
in 2009. 

10 

 
Temporary Physician Staffing Drivers 

According to industry sources, in 2010, the temporary physician staffing industry was estimated to be approximately 
$1.7 billion in revenue. The physician workforce is aging and projections suggest by 2020 the annual number of retiring 
physicians will reach 20,000, a 60% increase from the current number of approximately 12,000 annual physician retirements, 
according to the December 2008 HRSA survey. While age is the most common and reliable predictor of when physicians 
leave the workforce, additional factors include: physician net worth, increased risk of burnout, health problems and eligibility 
for government programs for the elderly, as well as societal expectations, spousal preferences, and financial incentives. 
Physician retirement patterns could also be impacted by changes in market conditions, the health care operating environment, 
or government policies that affect any of these factors.  

Despite the above, the retirement rate for physicians is on a five-year downward trend with the share of all physicians who 
have left a practice for the reason of retirement having fallen from 15% in 2004 to 11% in 2008, according to an annual 
physician retention study conducted by the American Medical Group Association (AMGA) and our Cejka Search subsidiary. 
We believe the retirement plans of permanent physicians and use of temporary physicians has been negatively impacted by 
the recession, the stock market decline, and the weakened housing market. 

Hours of direct patient care and physician productivity are generally a function of age and can vary by specialty and 
geography. On average, middle-aged physicians work more hours per week and more weeks per year compared to older and 
younger physicians, although average hours worked for some age groups change over time, according to the HRSA study 
(December 2008). Physicians age 46-55 worked more hours than in earlier years, while physicians age 56-65 average hours 
worked was relatively constant. Physicians under age 36 worked 10% fewer hours in 2002 than they did in 1985, while there 
is a slight downward trend in average hours worked for physicians age 36-45, and a drop in average hours worked by 
physicians over age 65. In addition, approximately 1 in 4 physicians are female, but approximately half of all graduating 
physicians are female, so over time, women will constitute a growing proportion of the physician workforce. The AMA 
reported in 2001 that the median number of hours worked per week for female physicians was 49 hours compared to 57 hours 
for male physicians. Employment type and practice location can also influence physician productivity. AMA statistics show 
that self-employed physicians tend to work more hours per year in patient care compared to physicians who are independent 
contractors. Independent contractors, in turn, tend to work more time in patient care compared to staff physicians. Also, 
physicians in less populated areas tend to spend more time providing patient care than do physicians in more populated areas. 

Physicians are attracted to the locum tenens industry for a number of reasons, and thus provide an ongoing supply of 
physicians to the industry. Locum tenens gives a physician the opportunity to practice medicine and focus almost exclusively 
on patient care without the burden of the administrative aspects of managing a business, reimbursement concerns, hospital 
politics or malpractice costs. In addition, locum tenens can be an attractive career opportunity for physicians for other reasons 
depending on their age, financial situation and stage of career.  

•  Physicians age 35 and under. Younger physicians who are recent residency program graduates look to experience 

different practice settings and locations before making more permanent career decisions. Approximately 68% of final 
year medical residents receive multiple job solicitations and in some specialties, such as radiology and cardiology, the 
number is even higher. Locum tenens allows the younger physician to try out different opportunities before settling on 
one. It can also assist physicians in paying off their student loans. 

•  Physicians 35-49. Physicians in the middle stages of their career find a locum tenens practice to suit their lifestyle as a 

fulltime career, as a way to take a break from their current practices but remain working, as a transition opportunity or as 
a means to supplement their income. 

•  Physicians age 50 or older. Older physicians at the later stages of their career normally find a diverse travel practice with 
decreased time requirement to be appealing. They may look for job enrichment by choosing a locum tenens position or 
looking for employment before retirements. Physicians in this category may no longer wish to operate a practice and all 
the administrative issues that accompany it, but wish to continue working, even if just for a few months a year.  

Our Physician Staffing Business  

MDA is the fourth largest provider of physician staffing services in the U.S. It was founded in 1987 and is headquartered in 
Norcross, Georgia with regional offices in Dallas, Texas and Denver, Colorado. We acquired substantially all of the assets of 
MDA in September 2008. Segment revenue was $121.6 million in 2010. During 2010, MDA handled approximately 5,155 
assignments for more than 960 clients utilizing its database of over 144,775 providers who represent a wide range of medical 
specialties.  

11 

 
During 2010, the overall economic conditions of the prior two years continued to negatively impact the historically strong 
growth pattern of this business segment. Projected major changes in the healthcare delivery system along with unemployment 
and higher under employment caused concern for clients relative to outsourcing their staffing needs. In addition, a lingering 
housing crisis reduced the flexibility for physicians to relocate. Despite these factors, we believe that the long-term outlook 
for the physician staffing industry is strong and that MDA is strategically positioned to be the quality leader in the industry. 

MDA is one of only three locum tenens companies with an in-house Credentials Verification Organization certified by the 
NCQA (National Committee for Quality Assurance), which verifies critical credentials prior to a physician’s assignment. 
This process uses an extensive proprietary database and interfaces with MDA’s professional liability carrier to obtain 
approvals of providers. It takes risk management decisions out of the sales process by verifying credentials of providers and 
approving specific assignments. 

Additionally, MDA currently is the largest multi-specialty medical staffing company that has procured an occurrence-based 
professional liability policy that provides coverage in all 50 states from a national insurance company, which is AA+-rated by 
Standard & Poor’s. This is an important competitive advantage for MDA in the recruitment of physicians. The occurrence-
based policy is of particular importance to physicians as it covers incidents occurring during the policy period regardless of 
when they are reported. The more common claims-made policy only covers physicians for claims ”reported” during the 
policy period, which may leave a physician without coverage if the claim is not timely reported or if they fail to secure “tail” 
coverage. Quality medical malpractice liability insurance coverage is a critical component of the MDA business model. 
Clients usually require MDA to refer physicians with medical professional liability coverage, and physicians are attracted to 
MDA because it offers this malpractice coverage.  

When it was initially founded, the locum tenens industry primarily served clinics, group practices and rural hospitals. As the 
physician staffing industry has matured, an increasing amount of business has been generated from serving hospitals in both 
urban and suburban settings. Large, nationwide hospital systems and associations continuously use MDA’s services due to its 
ability to respond quickly to the hospital’s needs, and offer quality physicians on a temporary basis. MDA also provides 
services to various U.S. government institutions, including the Indian Health Services, the Department of Veterans Affairs, 
the Army, Air Force and other agencies. In 2010, approximately 45% of MDA’s business was from hospitals and 
approximately 55% was from physician practice groups and other healthcare facilities. 

Recruiting  

MDA successfully operates a multi-site business model with employees/recruiters at several locations nationwide. Recruiters 
go through extensive training in both sales and marketing specialties in order to have continuity with providers and hospitals 
to facilitate quick and personal service to every customer. Each recruiter covers one specialty and one geographic region 
whereas competitors typically have separate sales and marketing personnel that can add more contacts and confusion to the 
staffing process. Recruiters are also responsible for managing accounts, including the responsibility for collecting amounts 
due from customers, enabling MDA to have a single point of contact for customers. MDA currently employs approximately 
76 physician staffing recruiters throughout its organization, including its Atlanta area headquarters, as well as in its offices in 
Denver and Dallas. 

Contracts with Physicians and Healthcare Facility Customers 

MDA contracts with physicians to provide medical services at MDA’s healthcare customers. Each physician is an 
independent contractor and enters into an agreement with MDA to provide medical services at a particular healthcare facility 
or physician practice group based on terms and conditions of the customer. Physicians are staffed on assignments that may 
last from a few days up to and including a year depending on client needs and on the willingness of a physician to agree 
to the duration required by a particular healthcare customer.  

Operations 

We operate our physician staffing business from a relatively centralized business model servicing all of the assignment needs 
of the independent contractor physicians through operation centers located in Norcross, Georgia; Dallas, Texas and Denver, 
Colorado. The support functions of credentials verification, accounts payable, billing and collections, and risk management 
are all performed from our Norcross, Georgia location. Assignment management is performed by recruiters in the three 
offices as well as remote recruiters working from their homes. Hours worked by independent contractor physicians are 
recorded by our operations systems, which then produces payments to the physicians and invoices to our clients. 

12 

 
Clinical Trial Services  

Overview of the Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology Industry 

Drug discovery is the process by which potential drugs are discovered or designed. Drug development refers to activities 
undertaken after a compound is identified as a potential drug in order to establish its suitability as a medication. Objectives of 
drug development are to determine appropriate formulation and dosing, as well as to establish safety. The discovery and 
development of a new medicine is an expensive and lengthy process which involves research that generally includes a 
combination of in vitro studies, in vivo studies, and clinical trials. 

The global pharmaceutical market is expected to have grown 4%-5% in 2010, and grow 5%-7% in 2011 to $880 billion, 
according to industry intelligence source IMS Health (IMS). In characterizing the overall market, IMS believes there are 
significant constraints to growth in developed pharmaceutical markets that include the impact of major drug patent 
expirations and tighter price controls to limit drug spending that will be more than offset by rapid expansion and strong 
growth in emerging pharmaceutical markets. Over the coming years, IMS expects the global pharmaceutical market value to 
exceed $975 billion by 2013, projecting drug sales growth at a 4%-7% compounded annual growth rate. 

In 2010, the U.S Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved approximately 20 new drugs, the fewest since 2007, 
reflecting the agency’s willingness to delay or reject medicines with potential safety risk. However, on the development side, 
the number of drugs in the overall pipeline increased 1.4% in 2010 to more than 9,700 and continued the upward trend of the 
past few years. Looking at the clinical stages of development, the trend in preclinical development was negative compared to 
the prior year, while the numbers for all phase development were up, including a 7.9% rise at Phase II. However, these 
additional 134 compounds at Phase II testing only translated to 22 compounds at Phase III testing, according to Pharma R&D 
Annual Review (May 2010). 

The R&D process takes an average of more than 10 years to develop a drug at an estimated cost of $1.3 billion for a new 
medicine and $1.2 billion to develop a biological treatment, according to a November 2006 study from the Tufts University 
Center for the Study of Drug Development (Tufts CSDD). For every 5,000 to 10,000 potential drug candidates that enter the 
discovery research stage, only about 2.5% to 5% make it to the preclinical phase. Of that percentage, only 0.05% to 0.1% will 
enter the clinical trial testing phase. The result of those 5,000 to 10,000 candidates is just one regulatory-approved drug to 
market. In 2006, there were more than 2,700 medicines in clinical trials or undergoing review by the U.S. Food and Drug 
Administration (FDA) for 4,600 indications of use. 

In recent years, drug developers have been under significant pressure to introduce new products while confronting escalating 
R&D costs, patent expirations of blockbuster drugs and heightened regulatory scrutiny. Consequently, the pharmaceutical 
industry has been undergoing significant change in drug development philosophy ranging from the refocusing of internal 
drug development projects, to outsourcing and off-shoring of clinical trials, as well as the creation of drug development 
alliances. These market pressures have also spawned a wave of corporate restructuring and consolidations in the 
pharmaceutical industry. 

Another potential market for a range of outsourced clinical development activities and clinical trials is molecular medicine, or 
drug therapies developed from sequencing the human genome. In 2001, the first phase of the Human Genome Project, an 
international effort to determine the entire sequence of the human chromosome set was completed, along with a database of 
the most common sequence variations that distinguish one person from another. There are about 20,000-25,000 human genes, 
made up of 3 billion individual base pairs, the units of DNA, according to information from PhRMA, a pharmaceutical 
industry trade association. Each gene codes for a protein and these proteins carry out all the functions of the body, as well as 
being involved in disease. 

The discipline that blends pharmacology with genomic capabilities is called pharmacogenomics. Within the next decade, the 
Journal of Gene Medicine (2006) expects researchers to begin to correlate DNA variants with individual responses to 
medical treatments, identify particular subgroups of patients, and develop drugs customized for those populations. Genomic 
data and technologies also are expected to make drug development faster, cheaper, and more effective. Most drugs today are 
based on about 500 molecular targets, but genomic knowledge of genes involved in diseases, disease pathways, and drug-
response sites will lead to the discovery of thousands of additional targets. As knowledge becomes available to select patients 
most likely to benefit from a potential drug, pharmacogenomics will likely speed the design of these drugs and increase the 
number of clinical trials. 

13 

 
Outsourcing of Clinical Research 

Research sponsors commonly partner with outsourcing providers to take advantage of their clinical research expertise, skilled 
workforce and resources to help accelerate the development of treatments for the cure and prevention of disease. The 
outsourcing of clinical research and testing developed mostly in the late 1990’s as pharmaceutical R&D efforts became more 
complex and competition in rapidly-growing therapeutic areas increased. Traditionally thought of as a short-term strategy, 
outsourcing is now being used to leverage the pharmaceutical industry’s core competencies to maximize productivity. The 
global market for contract clinical research services is highly fragmented and comprises contract research organizations 
(CROs) of varying size, as well as hundreds of niche service providers and independent consultants.  

Outsourcing offers a number of advantages to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Outsourcing provides solutions 
to the following issues pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may face: 

•  Conversion of the fixed costs of maintaining the personnel, expertise and facilities into variable costs  

•  Supplement expertise not available in-house  

•  Knowledge of regulatory affairs in a particular country of interest  

• 

Increased complexity of clinical trials  

•  Necessity for medical and clinical knowledge in specific therapeutic areas or indications  

• 

Increased amount of data required from clinical trials  

•  Multinational and multi-center nature of current clinical trials  

•  Requirement for large patient populations  

•  Regionalized diseases  

During the past decade, contract research, manufacturing and service providers benefited from a trend of increased 
outsourcing by pharmaceutical companies. However, in 2009, many contract organizations experienced significant 
cancellations and delays of Phase II and Phase III clinical trials, and this dynamic continued into 2010 due to increased 
uncertainty over healthcare reform and tighter spending controls. In response to the clinical market dynamics that have put 
pressure on pharmaceutical companies and the reduction in demand for traditional outsourced clinical research services, large 
sponsor companies and CROs are entering into large scale, multi-year drug discovery and development service contracts that 
emphasize outsourcing relationships that capture cost benefits, efficiency and flexibility. These contracts are tailored to meet 
operational and strategic requirements to best provide long-term success for product development while reducing the need to 
manage multiple vendors across unique projects. In addition, vendor management programs are also being implemented and 
expanded upon throughout the clinical research sector in order to streamline the outsourcing process and achieve cost 
effective results across the drug development continuum. 

Nonetheless, the trend of pharmaceutical companies spending significant amounts of money on late-stage services (Phase II–
IV clinical trials) should be on the rise as companies seek to accelerate the commercialization of drug candidates to 
compensate for upcoming patent expirations and conduct post-marketing trials as required by the FDA (Contract Pharma, 
June 2010). Contract clinical research is projected to total $20 billion in 2010, representing approximately one-third of total 
pharmaceutical and biotechnology R&D spending, according to the Association of Clinical Research Organizations. 

In 2009, domestic private sector R&D spending in the biopharmaceutical industry was estimated to be $65 billion (PhRMA 
2010). While data for 2009 has not been finalized, industry and financial analysts are projecting that R&D spending in 2009 
may be as much as 18% to 20% below 2008 levels in certain areas due to the global financial crisis that began at the end of 
2008 and was followed by a severe and lengthy worldwide recession (Applied Clinical Trials, March 2010). This resulted in 
a significant number of mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and closures among pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and 
medical device companies that led to portfolio rationalization, changes in operating strategies, and project suspensions and 
terminations, which combined to impact R&D spending unfavorably. 

Consequently, the landscape for outsourcing clinical services has changed. Several years ago, pharmaceutical and 
biotechnology companies utilized integrated alliance-based relationships with clinical research organizations and other 
outsourcing partners. Almost half of all companies reported they had entered into typical functional service provider 
arrangements and approximately 20% reported having entered into a strategic alliance, according to a study conducted by 

14 

 
Tufts CSDD in 2008. Since the end of 2008, many sponsor companies have opted to utilize a hybrid relationship model that 
allows them to pick and choose elements from transactional, full service, functional and alliance relationships with two 
primary objectives in mind: (1) to achieve higher levels of operating efficiency through integration and the transfer of non-
core responsibilities, and (2) to lower the overall cost of outsourcing (Contract Pharma, October 2010). 

Overview of Clinical Trials 

Clinical trials are conducted to collect data regarding the safety and efficacy of new drugs or medical devices. The clinical 
trials are typically conducted by teams of physicians and other clinical and data professionals in university facilities, hospitals 
and physician offices around the world. There are several steps and stages of approval in the clinical trials process before a 
drug or device can be sold in the consumer market, if ever. Drug and device testing begins in the preclinical stage, which can 
involve years of experiments on animals and human cells. Before advancing to the clinical stage, researches must submit an 
investigational new drug application, or IND, to the FDA for approval to continue research and to test in humans. Once 
approved, human testing of experimental drugs and devices can begin and is typically conducted in four phases. Each phase 
is considered a separate trial and, after completion of each phase, investigators are required to submit their data for approval 
from the FDA before continuing to the next phase.  

•  Phase I studies assess the basic safety of a drug or device, including tolerance, absorption, metabolism and excretion. 

This initial phase of testing, which can take several months to complete, usually includes a small number of healthy 
volunteers (20 to 100), who are generally paid for participating in the study. About 70% of experimental drugs pass this 
phase of testing (CenterWatch). 

•  Phase II studies test the efficacy of a drug or device. This second phase of testing can last from several months to two 

years, and involves approximately 100 to 500 people. About one-third of experimental drugs successfully complete both 
Phase I and Phase II studies (CenterWatch). 

•  Phase III studies involve randomized and blind testing in several hundred to several thousand patients. This large-scale 

testing, which can last several years, provides the pharmaceutical company and the FDA with a more thorough 
understanding of the effectiveness of the drug or device, the benefits and the range of possible adverse reactions. 70% to 
90% of drugs that enter Phase III studies successfully complete this phase of testing (CenterWatch). Once Phase III is 
complete, a pharmaceutical company can request FDA approval for marketing the drug. 

•  Phase IV studies, often called Post Marketing Surveillance Trials, are conducted after a drug or device has been 

approved for consumer sale. These studies have become more prevalent in recent years as the trials can be used to 
monitor long-term risks and benefits, evaluate dosage levels, and to record safety and efficacy data. 

Clinical trials are one of the most important parts of the drug development process and also one of the most time-consuming. 
Between 1999-2002 and 2003-2006, the length of the average clinical trial increased by nearly 70%, from 460 days to 780 
days (Tufts CSDD). The clinical trial studies are not only expanding in time, but also growing in scope, as the average 
number of participants needed for each clinical study increased from 1,700 to 4,300 over the last three decades (Center for 
Information and Study on Clinical Research Participation, Hoover Institution, and FDA). In addition, clinical studies are 
increasingly becoming more complex. In 2005, 72% of U.S. clinical studies involved more than 85 procedures, 70% more 
than the number of studies in 2000 (Accenture, PhRMA). 

Approximately 80,000 clinical trials are conducted in the U.S. each year sponsored by both industry and government. These 
studies to advance medical science require the work of an estimated 200,000 research professionals and the involvement 
of millions of study participants each year (CenterWatch). 

Our Clinical Trial Services Business 

We primarily provide traditional contract staffing and outsourcing services, as well as drug safety monitoring and regulatory 
consulting services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, as well as to CRO customers. In 2010, 
segment revenue was $62.0 million. We market these services through the following brands: 

•  ClinForce, which provides clinical research professionals for in-sourced and out-sourced contract assignments and direct 

placement services. Acquired in March 2001, it is headquartered at the Research Triangle Park in Durham, North 
Carolina. 

•  Assent, which provides contract staffing and direct placement services to biotechnology and pharmaceutical customers. 

Acquired in July 2007, it has offices located in Cupertino, California and Solana Beach, California. 

15 

 
•  AKOS, which provides drug safety and regulatory services. Acquired in June 2007, it is based in Harpenden 

Hertfordshire, England. 

We recruit qualified candidates for our clinical trial services segment from across the U.S. and internationally for clinical 
research opportunities, which include temporary and permanent positions with our clients. For our contract staffing services 
businesses, we recruit professionals from numerous clinical research disciplines, including: clinical monitors/contract 
research associates, clinical project managers, site coordinators/contract research coordinators, drug safety personnel, medical 
monitors, regulatory affairs personnel, medical writers, clinical data professionals, statistical and SAS programmers, and 
various preclinical related professionals. Recruiting for our non-staffing services consist primarily of regulatory affairs 
personnel, pharmacovigilance and drug safety associates and other clinical professionals. 

During the prior two years, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies and clinical research organizations 
were negatively impacted by economic factors and financial market conditions that led to numerous mergers, acquisitions 
and business closures, along with a reduction in R&D activities that created a historically high cancellation rate among 
service providers. In 2010, the business environment for clinical trial services improved as the year progressed as some of the 
post-acquisition transition and integration plans became clearer and these companies began to bring forward some of the 
projects that were previously put on hold. In addition, many large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies started to re-
focus their efforts on later stage R&D activities to combat the prospect of numerous patent expirations of “blockbuster” drugs 
in the coming years. In 2010, the staffing component of our clinical trial services business, which represented more than 90% 
of segment revenue, experienced a modest up-tick in demand represented by improved client requests for proposals, bid 
defenses and contract awards, as well as an increased need for permanent placement positions by our client base. However, 
our drug safety monitoring and regulatory compliance advisory businesses continued to remain weak in 2010, reflecting the 
industry downturn in demand for many early stage clinical services and focus on later stage R&D activities, as well as some 
clients taking their pharmacovigilance activities in-house following mergers with larger entities. 

Other Human Capital Management Services 

We provide education and training programs to the healthcare industry and we also provide retained search services for 
physicians and healthcare executives. Segment revenue was $42.8 million in 2010. 

Education and Training Services  

Our Cross Country Education (CCE) subsidiary, headquartered in Brentwood, Tennessee, provides regulatory and clinical 
skill-based continuing education development for healthcare professionals. CCE is an approved provider of continuing 
education with more than 35 professional healthcare associations, and also works with national and state boards and 
associations. CCE offers one-day seminars and e-learning, as well as national and regional conferences on topics relevant to 
healthcare professionals. Since 1995, CCE has trained over 1,000,000 licensed professionals in the fields of physical and 
occupational therapy, behavioral health, nursing, long-term care, coding and billing, regulatory compliance, dentistry, health 
information and healthcare administration. In 2010, CCE held approximately 5,500 seminars and conferences that were 
attended by nearly 163,000 registrants in 182 cities in the U.S. and Canada. We extend these educational services to our field 
employees on favorable terms as a recruitment and retention tool. 

In 2010, CCE’s business experienced a resurgence of professionals attending its live continuing education seminars. CCE’s 
largest markets are the mental health and allied health sectors, which together represent approximately 74% of its seminar 
offerings. Combined, these markets had 4% higher attendance from the prior year. The most significant growth market for 
CCE in 2010 was seminar attendance by Nurse Practitioners and Physician Assistants, which increased 21% year-over-year. 
We believe our business and the continuing education industry is beginning to reap some benefit from the health care reform 
regulations implemented to-date. However, the most significant opportunities may be realized as compliance with the new 
healthcare reform regulations become mandatory for healthcare practitioners. 

Retained Physician/Executive Search 

Our Cejka Search subsidiary is headquartered in Creve Coeur, Missouri, a business district centered within the St. Louis 
metropolitan area. Cejka Search has been a leading physician, allied health and healthcare executive search firm for 30 years, 
recruiting top healthcare talent for organizations nationwide through a team of experienced professionals, award-winning 
recruitment technology and commitment to service excellence. Serving clients nationwide, Cejka Search annually completes 
hundreds of search assignments for organizations spanning the continuum of healthcare, including physician group practices, 
hospitals and health systems, academic medical centers, managed care and other healthcare organizations. 

16 

 
In 2010, growth in demand for recruitment services was impacted by the lingering effects of the economic downturn and 
weak national labor market that translated into lower procedural volume and revenue for many healthcare providers. Other 
factors that continued to limit or delay implementation of medical and administrative staff recruitment plans included 
uncertainty related to the implementation of healthcare reform and the Medicare reimbursement rules. At the same time, 
depressed housing values, reduced employment opportunities for trailing spouses and slow recovery in retirement portfolios 
made relocation and retirement unattractive to physicians, which impacted revenue from both search assignments and 
placements. 

Internally, during the later part of 2009 and throughout 2010, Cejka Search made strategic changes to its business model to be 
more competitive in the current market for retained search services, which reduced operating expenses and resulted in a 
higher number of engagements in both physician and executive search. The changes included introducing shared risk search 
products and unbundled recruiter support and sourcing services. Previously, full cycle search was the only option available to 
clients. Despite these improvements, revenue growth was impacted slightly due to a change in the mix of business and less 
overall placements being made. Based on operational efficiencies and marketing improvements made in 2010, we believe 
Cejka Search is well-positioned to benefit from the continuing physician shortages in most specialties and growing demand 
for advanced practitioners, allied health professionals and healthcare executive leadership as the U.S. population continues to 
age. 

Additional Information About Our Business 

Growth and Investment Strategy 

Our long-term corporate strategy for growth includes:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

attracting additional healthcare customers, healthcare professionals and providers; 

seeking additional MSP contracts with hospitals and health systems; 

strengthening our market position and margins in our businesses;  

generating strong cash flow;  

•  making strategic acquisitions in high growth, high margin businesses that will strengthen and broaden our market 

presence; and 

•  maintaining a strong balance sheet to provide financial flexibility. 

Competitive Strengths 

We are a diversified provider of healthcare staffing services. This allows us to offer what we believe is the most 
comprehensive suite of staffing and outsourcing services to the U.S. healthcare market. Since becoming a public company in 
2001, we have significantly expanded our revenue mix across sectors of healthcare staffing services and customers. In 2010, 
our nurse and allied staffing business segment was 52% of our revenue; our physician staffing business segment was 26% of 
our revenue; our clinical trial services business segment was 13% of our revenue and our other human capital management 
services business segment was 9% of our revenue. This compares to our revenue mix in 2001 in which 87% was from our 
nurse and allied staffing business segment, 6% from our clinical trial services business segment and 7% from our other 
human capital management services business segment. 

Within our business segments, we also believe we benefit from the following: 

•  Brand Recognition. We have operated in the travel nurse staffing industry for more than 25 years. Our Cross Country 
Staffing brand is well-recognized among leading hospitals and healthcare facilities and our Cross Country TravCorps 
and MedStaff brands are well-recognized by RNs and other healthcare professionals. We believe that through our 
relationships with hospitals and healthcare facilities in supplying our travel nurse staffing services that we also are 
positioned to effectively market our allied health and per diem nurse staffing services to them. Our physician staffing 
business, Medical Doctor Associates, was founded in 1987 and has built a strong national brand reputation among 
hospital and physician practice group clients as well as physician providers. It has grown to become one of the largest 
physician staffing companies in the U.S. Since entering the clinical trial services business in 2001, our core clinical 
staffing business has been a strong service provider to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies and 
our acquisitions have broadened our services offerings in such areas as drug safety monitoring and regulatory services. 
We are well positioned to offer these services to our customers in the U.S. and certain international markets. Our Cejka 

17 

 
Search brand is ranked among the top five physician placement firms in the U.S. Our Cross Country Education business 
is a leading provider of regulatory and clinical skill-based continuing professional development for healthcare 
professionals.  

• 

Strong and Diverse Client Relationships. We provide healthcare staffing and outsourcing solutions to a national client 
base represented by approximately 4,200 contracts with hospitals and healthcare facilities, pharmaceutical and 
biotechnology companies, and other healthcare providers. No single client accounts for more than 4% of our revenue. 

•  Managed Service Provider Capabilities. Our Cross Country Staffing brand offers its MSP services to large acute care 

hospitals and health systems. By leveraging technology and its single-point of contact service model, Cross Country 
Staffing can manage all job orders, credential verification, candidate testing, invoicing, and management reporting. 

•  Recruiting and Placement of Healthcare Professionals. We are a leader in recruiting and retaining highly qualified 
healthcare professionals from the U.S. and Canada. In 2010, thousands of healthcare professionals applied with us 
through our differentiated recruitment brands. We believe we offer appealing assignments, competitive compensation 
packages, attractive housing options and other valuable benefits. 

• 

Joint Commission Certification. The staffing businesses of our Cross Country Staffing, MedStaff and Allied Health 
Group brands are certified by The Joint Commission under its Health Care Staffing Services Certification Program. 

•  Quality Assurance. MDA’s Credent credential verification division is NCQA certified, one of only a handful of 

competitors to achieve such certification. 

•  Continuing Education. We have internal educational and training capabilities through Cross Country University (CCU), 
a division of CCS, that we believe give us a competitive advantage by enhancing both the quality of our working nurses 
and the effectiveness of our recruitment efforts. CCU is the first educational program in the travel nurse industry to be 
accredited by the American Nurse Credentialing Center, and enables us to provide continuing education credits to our 
RN field employees, as well as to provide accredited continuing education to healthcare professionals not on an 
assignment with us. CCU offers our RNs and other healthcare professionals additional training, professional 
development and assistance in completing continuing education for state licensing requirements. 

• 

• 

Scalable and Efficient Operating Structure. At year-end 2010, the databases for our travel nurse and allied staffing 
businesses included more than 250,000 RNs and other healthcare professionals who completed job applications with us. 
Similarly, the database for our physicians staffing business included more than 150,000 physicians representing dozens 
of specialties. Our size and centralized staffing structure provide us with operating efficiencies in key areas such as 
recruiting, marketing and advertising, training, housing and insurance. Our proprietary information systems enable us to 
manage our recruitment and placement operations. Our systems are scalable and designed to accommodate significant 
future growth.  

Strong Management Team with Extensive Healthcare Staffing and Acquisition Experience. Our management has played 
a key role in the growth and development of the healthcare staffing industry. Our management averages more than 10 
years of experience in the healthcare industry and has consistently demonstrated the ability to successfully identify, make 
and integrate strategic acquisitions. 

Competitive Environment  

All of our businesses operate in highly competitive and regulated markets. In our nurse and allied and our physician staffing 
businesses, the principal competitive factors in attracting and retaining healthcare clients include the ability to fill client needs 
on a timely basis, price, customer service, quality assurance and screening capabilities, compliance with regulatory 
requirements, having an understanding of the client’s work environment, risk management policies and coverages, and 
general industry reputation. In our clinical trial services business, we also possess a high degree of clinical experience and 
expertise, understanding of the regulatory process, price, overall project management, recruitment and project oversight of 
personnel, quality control, data management, communication, and timely delivery of materials, documents and data in order 
to successfully provide our services for various types of clinical projects. The level of demand for our temporary staffing and 
outsourcing services is influenced by, among other things, the number and acuity of patients requiring medical care in 
hospitals and physician offices, availability and affordability of healthcare insurance coverage, national healthcare spending 
and reimbursement for medical care, R&D efforts and spending related to development of potential new drugs and devices, 
mergers and acquisitions, general economic conditions and their impact on labor markets and healthcare employment, and the 
corresponding supply of healthcare professionals available to us for placement on assignments.  

18 

 
The principal competitive factors in attracting qualified candidates for temporary employment include a large national pool of 
desirable assignments based on geographic location and clinical setting, pay and benefits, speed of placements, customer 
service to both healthcare professionals and client facilities, quality of accommodations, and overall industry reputation. We 
believe that healthcare professionals seeking temporary assignments through us are also pursuing assignments through other 
means, including other temporary staffing firms. Therefore, the ability to respond more quickly than our competitors to 
candidate inquiries and submit candidates for consideration, are important factors in our ability to fill assignments. In our 
nurse and allied staffing segment, we focus on retaining healthcare professionals by providing high-quality customer service 
as well as providing long-term benefits, such as 401(k) plans and bonuses for field employees. Although we believe that the 
relative size of our databases and economies of scale derived from the size of our operations make us attractive for healthcare 
professionals seeking assignment opportunities, we expect competition for candidates to continue. 

Nurse and Allied Staffing 

The nurse and allied staffing market is highly competitive. While barriers to entry historically had been relatively low, they 
have increased significantly and the achievement of substantial scale is very challenging. We believe the utilization of 
temporary nurse staffing services by hospitals has historically been approximately one-quarter to one-third travel nurse 
staffing and approximately two-thirds to three-quarters per diem nurse staffing. We compete with a relatively small number 
of national travel nurse staffing companies, as well as hundreds of smaller and more localized staffing firms that have the 
capabilities to relocate nurses. We also compete in per diem nurse staffing with a small number of national or regional 
staffing firms along with hundreds of small local providers. National competitors include AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., On 
Assignment, Inc., CHG Group, and Medical Staffing Network Holdings, Inc. 

Physician Staffing 

Our physician staffing business competes in the healthcare staffing market on a national, regional and local basis with other 
staffing companies that offer comprehensive and or specialized services providing hospitals, physician practice groups, 
healthcare facilities and systems, and government agencies with temporary physicians to fill assignments across a wide range 
of specialties. We also compete in the recruitment for qualified physicians with other staffing companies as well as hospitals, 
physician practice groups, and healthcare facilities and systems that have their own internal recruitment capabilities to attract 
and retain healthcare providers. Competitors include AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., CHG Group, On Assignment, Inc., 
Jackson Healthcare, Team Health and several other privately-held companies providing locum tenens. 

Clinical Trial Services 

The clinical trial services industry is highly competitive and fragmented. In addition to the same competitive factors outlined 
above, our clinical trial services business has the added challenges associated with pharmaceutical, biotechnology and 
medical device company customers that operate in a highly regulated environment. Being able to successfully provide our 
staffing and outsourcing services for various types of clinical projects includes our clinical experience and expertise, 
understanding of the regulatory process, price, overall knowledge of project management, recruitment and project oversight 
of personnel, quality control, data management, communication, and timely delivery of materials, documents and data. We 
also compete to recruit a wide range of qualified professionals in the U.S. and internationally across numerous clinical 
research disciplines for our staffing, drug safety, and regulatory services assignments. Competitors include divisions of public 
and privately-held companies such as Kforce, Inc., inVentiv Health, Inc. and Kelly Services, as well as hundreds of niche 
service providers and free-lance consultants. We also supply our clinical trial staffing services to, and sometimes compete 
with, large clinical research organizations such as Quintiles, Covance Inc., Pharmaceutical Products Development, Inc. and 
Kendle International, among others. 

Systems 

Our placement and support operations are enhanced by sophisticated information systems that facilitate smooth interaction 
between our recruitment and support activities. Our proprietary information systems enable us to manage virtually all aspects 
of our operations. These systems are designed to accommodate significant future growth of our business. In addition, their 
scalable design allows further capacity to be added to the existing hardware platform. We have proprietary software that 
handles most facets of our business, including contract pricing and profitability, contract processing, job posting, housing 
management, billing/payroll and insurance. Our systems provide support to our facility clients, field employees and 
independent contractors, and enable us to efficiently fulfill and renew job assignments. Our systems also provide detailed 
information on the status and skill set of each registered field employee and independent contractor. In addition to our 
domestic information systems team, certain software development and information technology support is provided by our 
employees based in Pune, India. 

19 

 
Our financial, management reporting and human resources systems are managed on PeopleSoft, a leading enterprise resource 
planning software suite that provides modules used to manage our accounts receivable, accounts payable, general ledger, 
billing and human resources. This system is designed to accommodate significant future growth in our business. 

Workers’ Compensation Insurance, Professional Liability Coverage and Health Care Benefits 

We provide workers’ compensation insurance coverage, professional liability coverage and health care benefits for our 
eligible temporary healthcare professionals. We record our estimate of the ultimate cost of, and reserves for workers 
compensation and professional liability benefits based on actuarial models prepared or reviewed by an independent actuary 
using our loss history as well as industry statistics. Furthermore, in determining our reserves, we include reserves for 
estimated claims incurred but not reported. The health care insurance accrual is for claims that have occurred but have not 
been reported and is based on our historical claim submission patterns. The ultimate cost of workers’ compensation, 
professional liability and health insurance claims will depend on actual amounts incurred to settle those claims and may differ 
from the amounts reserved by us for those claims. 

Workers’ compensation benefits are provided under a partially self-insured plan. We have a letter of credit structure to 
guarantee payments of claims. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, we had outstanding approximately $7,199,000 
and $7,149,000 standby letters of credit as collateral to secure the self-insured portion of this plan. 

Since October 2009, all professional liability insurance has been provided under occurrence-based plans. Prior to that period, 
professional liability coverage was provided under various self-insured, claims-made and occurrence-based plans depending 
on the subsidiary and the applicable policy year. In October 2004, we secured individual occurrence-based professional 
liability insurance policies with no deductible for virtually all of our working nurses and allied professionals, except those 
employed through our MedStaff subsidiary. These occurrence-based individual policies replaced a $2,000,000 per-claim 
layer of self-insured exposure. We continued to provide primary coverage through a $2,000,000 self-insured retention for 
nurses and allied professionals who did not qualify for the individual occurrence-based coverage, as well as for our 
independent liabilities (such as negligent hiring) during these policy years. Effective October 1, 2008, the individual 
professional liability insurance policies were replaced with one policy that insured each individual nurse for $2,000,000 per 
occurrence and $4,000,000 in the aggregate, as well as the corporation which shared those limits. This policy had no 
deductible and did not cover healthcare professionals working through MedStaff or MDA Holdings, Inc. or its subsidiaries 
(collectively, MDA). Separately, prior to October 1, 2009, our MedStaff subsidiary had a claims-made professional liability 
policy with a limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence, $4,000,000 in the aggregate and a $25,000 deductible per claim. 

In October 2009, we purchased an occurrence-based professional liability policy that provides each working nurse and each 
allied healthcare professional with coverage of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate. Those individual 
limits are shared with the healthcare provider’s employer (e.g. Cross Country Travcorps or MedStaff) in the event of 
vicarious liability and/or negligent hiring allegations on a claim. This policy does not have a deductible. In addition, in 
October 2009, we purchased an excess layer of professional liability insurance having limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence 
and $6,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses and allied healthcare professionals of Cross Country Travcorps 
and $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses of MedStaff. Those limits are also 
shared with the corporations on applicable claims. MedStaff also secured insurance coverage having the same terms as the 
primary and excess coverage described above for acts occurring on or after October 25, 2002. 

MDA has an occurrence-based professional liability policy with a limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence, $3,000,000 in the 
aggregate and a $500,000 deductible for MDA, its independent contractor physicians, CRNAs and allied health professionals. 
MDA’s $500,000 deductible is insured by Jamestown Indemnity Ltd., a Cayman Island company and a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (the Captive). Under the terms of the Captive’s reinsurance policy there is a requirement to 
guarantee the payment of claims to its insured party’s primary medical malpractice insurance carrier via a letter of credit. The 
value of the letter of credit was secured by $5,000,000 of cash held by the Captive as restricted cash at December 31, 2008. 
During 2009, the cash was released from restriction and replaced by a letter of credit under our credit facility. As of 
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the value of the letter of credit was $5,532,724. 

Subject to certain limitations, we also have $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate in umbrella liability 
coverage after $2,000,000 is exhausted under the primary and excess professional liability policies covering the working 
nurses and allied healthcare professionals. While this umbrella coverage does not extend to professional liability claims 
against MDA, its independent contractor physicians, CRNAs and allied health professionals, it does cover claims brought 
against all of our subsidiaries for non-patient general liability ($250,000 deductible), employee liability ($1,000,000 
deductible), non-owned hired auto ($1,000,000 deductible) and clinical trials/errors and omissions ($500,000 deductible and 
a cap of $5,000,000 in coverage under the umbrella policy). 

20 

 
Professional Licensure 

Nurses and most other healthcare professionals employed by us and physicians contracted by us are required to be 
individually licensed or certified under applicable state law. Our comprehensive compliance and credentials verification 
programs are designed to ensure that employed and contracted providers possess all necessary licenses and certifications, and 
we endeavor to ensure that our employees (including nurses and therapists) and contractors (including physicians and other 
mid-level providers), comply with all applicable state laws. 

Business Licenses 

A number of states require state licensure for businesses that, for a fee, employ and assign personnel, including healthcare 
personnel, to provide services on-site at hospitals and other healthcare facilities to support or supplement the hospitals’ or 
healthcare facilities’ workforces. A number of states also require state licensure for businesses that operate placement 
services for individuals attempting to secure employment. Failure to obtain the necessary licenses can result in injunctions 
against operating, cease and desist orders, and/or fines. We endeavor to maintain in effect all required state licenses. 

Regulations Affecting Our Clients 

Many of our clients are reimbursed under the federal Medicare program and state Medicaid programs for the services they 
provide. In recent years, federal and state governments have made significant changes in these programs that have reduced 
reimbursement rates. In addition, insurance companies and managed care organizations seek to control costs by requiring that 
healthcare providers, such as hospitals, discount their services in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in their 
benefit plans. Future federal and state legislation or evolving commercial reimbursement trends may further reduce, or 
change conditions for, our clients’ reimbursement. Such limitations on reimbursement could reduce our clients’ cash flows, 
hampering their ability to pay us. Pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical diagnostic companies are subject to regulations 
of the FDA in the U.S. and similar regulatory agencies in other countries. 

The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Act (HITECH Act) was adopted on February 17, 2009 as part 
of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act and it became effective on February 17, 2010. Among other things, this 
legislation established a process for the development of standards for the secure electronic exchange and use of health 
information by hospitals, physicians, and others. The general purpose of the HITECH Act is to improve the quality of 
healthcare by reducing medical errors and lowering costs through the computerization of America’s medical records by 2015. 
Approximately $20 billion was allocated to the HITECH Act incentives to encourage and accelerate the widespread adoption 
of electronic healthcare records (EHR) by physicians, hospitals and others. The Medicare and Medicaid EHR incentive 
programs provide incentives payments to eligible professionals, eligible hospitals and critical access hospitals as they adopt, 
implement, upgrade or demonstrate the meaningful use of certified EHR technology. To further promote the timely adoption 
of EHR, the HITECH Act penalizes eligible healthcare providers and hospitals that do not adopt and use EHR that meets the 
federal requirements by 2015. For example, under the Medicare EHR Incentive Program, Medicare eligible professionals, 
hospitals and critical access hospitals that do not successfully show meaningful use of EHR will have a payment adjustment 
in their Medicare reimbursement. The Medicaid EHR Incentive Program is being voluntarily offered by individual states and 
states can receive a 90% federal funding match for incentive payments distributed to Medicaid providers who adopt EHRs 
under the meaningful use criteria. As a result, many eligible hospitals are implementing new or enhanced EHR technology to 
capitalize on these incentives and avoid the penalties and their staff must undergo training of the new technology systems out 
of the clinical setting, which creates an opportunity for our healthcare professionals to fill positions on a temporary basis 
while full-time staff is receiving such training. 

Immigration 

Changes in immigration law and procedures following September 11, 2001, have slowed our ability to recruit foreign nurses 
to meet demand, and changes to such procedures in the future could further hamper our overseas recruiting efforts. In 
addition, the use of foreign nurses entails greater difficulty in ensuring that each professional has the proper credentials and 
licensure. 

Regulations Applicable to Our Business 

Our business is subject to regulation by numerous governmental authorities in the United States and the foreign jurisdictions 
in which we operate. In the U.S., complex federal and state laws and regulations govern, among other things, the licensure of 
professionals, the payment of our employees (e.g. wage and hour laws, employment taxes and income tax withholdings, etc.) 
and the operations of our business generally. We conduct business primarily in the U.S. and are subject to the laws and 
regulations applicable to our business in such states, which may be amended from time to time. Future federal and state 

21 

 
legislation or interpretations thereof may require us to change our business practices. Compliance with all of these applicable 
rules and regulations require a significant amount of resources. We endeavor to be in compliance with all such rules and 
regulations. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 1,100 corporate employees. During 2010, we maintained an average of 
2,185 full-time equivalent field employees in our nurse and allied staffing segment. In our physician staffing segment, we 
utilized 1,593 independent contractor physicians and 101 independent contractors related to non-physician staffing during the 
course of the year. In our clinical trial services segment, we maintained an average of 394 full-time equivalent field 
employees and utilized 117 independent contractors during the course of the year. We are not subject to a collective 
bargaining agreement with any of our employees. We consider our relationship with employees to be good. 

Available Information 

Financial reports and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, are available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with, or furnishing it to, 
the SEC, on or through our corporate website at www.crosscountryhealthcare.com. 

22 

 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors.  

You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

Decreases in demand by our clients may adversely affect the profitability of our business. 

Among other things, changes in the economy which result in higher unemployment and low job growth, a decrease or 
stagnation in the general level of in-patient admissions at our clients’ facilities and the willingness of our hospital, healthcare 
facilities and physician group clients to develop their own temporary staffing pools and increase the productivity of their 
permanent staff may, individually or in the aggregate, significantly affect demand for our temporary healthcare staffing 
services and hamper our ability to attract, develop and retain clients. When a hospital’s admissions increase, temporary 
employees or other healthcare professionals are often added before full-time employees are hired. As admissions decrease, 
clients typically reduce their use of temporary employees or other healthcare professionals before undertaking layoffs of their 
permanent employees. In a down market, healthcare professionals may be less likely to leave a full-time position to work on 
temporary assignments and clients are also more likely to focus on internal solutions for their temporary staffing needs. In 
addition, we also may experience more competitive pricing pressure during periods when in-patient admissions are stagnant 
for periods of time or declining. In addition, if the trend towards providing healthcare in alternative settings, as opposed to 
acute care hospitals intensifies, it could result in a decline in in-patient admissions at our clients’ facilities. These events 
individually or in the aggregate may cause a reduction in admissions that could negatively affect the demand for our services. 
Decreases in demand for our services may affect our ability to provide attractive assignments to our healthcare professionals 
thereby reducing our profitability. 

Our clients may terminate or not renew their contracts with us. 

Our arrangements with hospitals, healthcare facilities and physician group clients are generally terminable upon 30 to 90 
days’ notice. These arrangements may also require us to, among other things, guarantee a percentage of open positions that 
we will fill, and if we are unable to meet those obligations a client may terminate our contract which could have a negative 
impact on our profitability. We may have fixed costs, including housing costs, associated with terminated arrangements that 
we will be obligated to pay post-termination. Our clinical trial services business is conducted under longer-term contracts 
with individual clients that may perform numerous clinical trials. Some of these contracts are terminable by the clients 
without cause upon 30 to 60 days’ notice. Sponsors may decide to immediately discontinue trials at any time if compounds or 
biologics being studied do not meet targeted expectations. Clients utilizing our clinical trial services may also decide to 
offshore work outside of the United States to countries where we do not currently provide those services and this could 
adversely impact our business. Clients may also develop their own in-house capabilities that may replace their need to utilize 
our staffing and outsourcing clinical trial services. The delay, loss, termination or unfavorable change in the scope of work 
performed under a clinical trial services contract could negatively impact our business. 

We may be unable to recruit enough healthcare professionals to meet our clients’ demands.  

We rely significantly on our ability to attract, develop and retain healthcare professionals who possess the skills, experience 
and, as required, licensure necessary to meet the specified requirements of our healthcare clients. We compete for healthcare 
staffing personnel with other temporary healthcare staffing companies, as well as actual and potential clients such as 
healthcare facilities, physician groups and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, some of which seek to fill positions 
with either permanent or temporary employees. Currently, there is a shortage of certain qualified nurses and physicians in 
many areas of the United States and competition for these professionals remains intense. The current economic conditions 
may make these healthcare professionals less willing to travel to temporary assignments, thus further intensifying the 
competition with other temporary healthcare staffing companies to recruit these healthcare professionals. Although demand is 
below historically normal levels, at this time we still do not have enough nurses and physicians to meet all of our clients’ 
demands for these staffing services. This shortage of healthcare professionals generally and their willingness to leave stable 
full-time jobs to travel on temporary assignments in the current environment may limit our ability to increase the number of 
healthcare professionals that we successfully recruit, decreasing our ability to grow our business. 

The costs of attracting and retaining healthcare professionals may rise more than we anticipate. 

We compete with hospitals, healthcare facilities, physician groups and other healthcare staffing companies for qualified 
healthcare professionals. Because there is currently a shortage of certain qualified healthcare professionals, competition for 
them is intense. Our ability to recruit and retain healthcare professionals depends on our ability to, among other things, offer 
assignments that are attractive to healthcare professionals and offer them competitive wages and benefits or payments, as 
applicable. Our competitors might increase hourly wages or the value of benefits to induce healthcare professionals to take 

23 

 
 
assignments with them. If we do not raise wages or increase the value of benefits in response to such increases by our 
competitors, we could face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified healthcare professionals. If we raise wages in 
response to our competitors’ wage increases and are unable to pass such cost increases on to our clients, our margins could 
decline. 

Our costs of providing housing for our healthcare professionals may be higher than we anticipate and, as a result, our 
margins could decline. 

We provide housing for certain of our healthcare professionals when on an assignment with us. At any given time, we have 
over a thousand apartments on lease throughout the U.S. Typically, the length of an apartment lease is coterminous with the 
length of the assignment of a nurse or allied healthcare professional. If the costs of renting apartments and furniture for these 
healthcare professionals increase more than we anticipate and we are unable to pass such increases on to our clients, our 
margins may decline. To the extent the length of a nurse’s housing lease exceeds the term of the nurse’s staffing contract, we 
bear the risk that we will be obligated to pay rent for housing we do not use. To limit the costs of unutilized housing, we try 
to secure leases with term lengths that match the term lengths of our staffing contracts, typically 13 weeks. In some housing 
markets we have had, and believe we will continue to have, difficulty identifying short-term leases. If we cannot identify a 
sufficient number of appropriate short-term leases in regional markets, or, if for any reason, we are unable to efficiently 
utilize the apartments we do lease, we may be required to pay rent for unutilized housing, or, to avoid such risk, we may have 
to forego otherwise profitable opportunities. 

Any failure by our clinical trial services business to comply with certain policies and procedures and regulations specific 
to that business could harm our reputation and operating results. 

Our clinical trial services business operates in a highly regulated industry. Any failure on our part to comply with the policies 
and procedures established for a trial or to comply with existing regulations could result in the termination of ongoing 
research or the disqualification of data for submission to the FDA and other regulatory authorities. This could harm our 
reputation, our ability to win future business and our operating results. In addition, if the FDA or another similar regulatory 
body finds a material breach by us of sound clinical practices, it could result in the termination of a clinical trial which could 
also harm our reputation, our ability to win future business and our operating results. 

The nature of our clinical trial services contracts could hurt our operating results. 

Some of our contracts are fixed price and, as such, we have limits on the amounts we can charge for our clinical trial services. 
As a result, the profitability of this business could be negatively impacted due to changes in the timing and progress of large 
contracts. In addition, we may be responsible for cost overruns on certain contracts unless the scope of work is revised from 
the original contract terms and we are able to negotiate an amendment with the client shifting the additional cost to the client. 
If we experience significant cost overruns, it may result in lower gross margins on those projects. 

Our clinical trial business exposes us to potential liability for personal injury and wrongful death claims that could affect 
our reputation and operating results. 

Our clinical trial services business is involved in the testing of new drugs and medical devices on volunteer human beings. 
Due to the risk of personal injury or death to patients participating in clinical trials, we are at risk for being sued in personal 
injury or wrongful death lawsuits due to possible unforeseen adverse side effects or the improper administration of a drug or 
device. Many of these patients are already seriously ill. Under our contracts, we are typically indemnified unless the resulting 
damages were caused by our negligence (e.g. serious adverse event is not reported timely to a sponsor or unblinding of 
material for a study is not done timely to respond with appropriate information for patient safety reasons). We have insurance 
coverage for certain events, however, the amount of our liability could materially impact our operating performance and our 
reputation and our insurance program may not cover such event. 

We are dependent on the proper functioning of our information systems. 

We are dependent on the proper functioning of our information systems in operating our business. Critical information 
systems used in daily operations identify and match staffing resources and client assignments and perform billing and 
accounts receivable functions. Additionally, we rely on our information systems in managing our accounting and financial 
reporting. If these systems are damaged or disrupted and unable to function properly in order to support our business 
operations or require significant costs to repair, maintain or further develop, our business and financial results could be 
materially adversely affected. Our information systems are protected through a secure hosting facility and additional backup 
remote processing capabilities also exist in the event our primary systems fail or are not accessible. However, the business is 
still vulnerable to fire, storm, flood, power loss, telecommunications failures, physical or software break-ins and similar 

24 

 
events which may prevent personnel from gaining access to systems necessary to perform their tasks in an automated fashion. 
In the event that critical information systems fail or are otherwise unavailable, these functions would have to be 
accomplished manually, which could impact our ability to identify business opportunities quickly, to maintain billing and 
clinical records reliably, to bill for services efficiently and to maintain our accounting and financial reporting accurately. 

Losses caused by natural disasters, such as hurricanes could cause us to suffer material financial losses. 

Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including, but not limited to, hurricanes and other severe weather. The 
incidence and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of 
both the total amount of insured exposure and the severity of the event. We do not maintain business interruption insurance 
for these events. We could suffer material financial losses as a result of such catastrophes. 

If applicable government regulations change, we may face increased costs that reduce our revenue and profitability. 

The temporary healthcare staffing industry is regulated in many states. For example, in some states, firms such as our nurse 
staffing companies must be registered to establish and advertise as a nurse-staffing agency or must qualify for an exemption 
from registration in those states. If we were to lose any required state licenses, we could be required to cease operating in 
those states. The introduction of new regulatory provisions could substantially raise the costs associated with hiring 
temporary employees. For example, some states could impose sales taxes or increase sales tax rates on temporary healthcare 
staffing services. These increased costs may not be able to be passed on to clients without a decrease in demand for 
temporary employees. In addition, if government regulations were implemented that limited the amounts we could charge for 
our services, our profitability could be adversely affected. 

If certain of our healthcare professionals are reclassified from independent contractors to employees our profitability 
could be materially adversely impacted. 

Federal or state taxing authorities could re-classify our locum tenens physicians and certified registered nurse anesthetists as 
employees, despite both the general industry standard to treat them as independent contractors and many state laws 
prohibiting non-physician owned companies from employing physicians (e.g. the “corporate practice of medicine”). If they 
were re-classified as employees, we would be subject to, among other things, employment and payroll-related tax claims, as 
well as any applicable penalties and interest. Any such reclassification would have a material adverse impact on our business 
model for that business segment and would negatively impact our profitability.  

We are exposed to increased costs and risks associated with complying with increasing and new regulation of corporate 
governance and disclosure standards. 

We are spending an increased amount of management’s time and resources, since the inception of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, to comply with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosures. The 
compliance requires management’s annual review and evaluation of our internal control systems and attestations of the 
effectiveness of these systems by our independent auditors. This process has required us to hire additional personnel and has 
resulted in additional accounting and legal expenses. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the review and 
evaluation, the implementation of improvements and the receipt of a positive attestation by our independent auditors. If we 
are not able to timely comply with the requirements set forth in Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we might be 
subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect our business and 
financial results. 

Substantial changes in healthcare reform or reimbursement trends could hinder our clients’ ability to pay us. 

While in most cases our fees are paid directly by our clients rather than by governmental or third-party payers, many of our 
clients are reimbursed under the federal Medicare program and state Medicaid programs for the services they provide. 
Changes made by federal and state governments could reduce reimbursement rates. In addition, insurance companies and 
managed care organizations seek to control costs by requiring that healthcare providers, such as hospitals, discount their 
services in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in their benefit plans. Future federal and state legislation or 
evolving commercial reimbursement trends may further reduce, or change conditions for, our clients’ reimbursement. 
Limitations on reimbursement could reduce our clients’ cash flows, hampering their ability to pay us. 

Competition for acquisition opportunities may restrict our future growth by limiting our ability to make acquisitions at 
reasonable valuations and lack of liquidity in the credit markets may restrict our ability to make certain acquisitions. 

Our business strategy includes strategic acquisitions of companies that complement or enhance our business. We have 
historically faced competition for acquisitions. In the future, this could limit our ability to grow by acquisition or could raise 

25 

 
the prices of acquisitions and make them less accretive to our earnings. In addition, even if we are able to negotiate 
acceptable terms at reasonable valuations, there can be no assurance that there will be sufficient liquidity available on terms 
favorable to us to complete acquisitions. If we are unable to secure necessary financing under our credit facility or otherwise, 
we may be unable to complete desirable acquisitions. Certain restrictive covenants in our credit facility may also limit our 
ability to complete acquisitions.  

We may face difficulties integrating our acquisitions into our operations and our acquisitions may be unsuccessful, 
involve significant cash expenditures or expose us to unforeseen liabilities. 

We continually evaluate opportunities to acquire companies that would complement or enhance our business and at times 
have preliminary acquisition discussions with some of these companies. 

These acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: 

•  Potential loss of key employees or clients of acquired companies; 

•  Difficulties integrating acquired personnel and distinct cultures into our business; 

•  Difficulties integrating acquired companies into our operating, financial planning and financial reporting systems; 

•  Diversion of management attention from existing operations; and 

•  Assumptions of liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for their 

failure to comply with healthcare and tax regulations. 

These acquisitions may also involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence and integration expenses that could have a 
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any acquisition may ultimately have a negative 
impact on our business and financial condition. 

We operate our business in a regulated industry and modifications, inaccurate interpretations or violations of any 
applicable statutory or regulatory requirements may result in material costs or penalties to our Company and could reduce 
our revenue and earnings per share. 

Our industry is subject to many complex federal, state and international laws and regulations related to, among other things, 
the eligibility of our foreign nurses to work in the U.S., the licensure of professionals, the payment of our field employees 
(e.g., wage and hour laws, employment taxes and income tax withholdings, the HITECH Act, etc.) and the operations of our 
business generally. If we do not comply with the laws and regulations that are applicable to our business (both domestic and 
foreign), we could incur civil and/or criminal penalties or be subject to equitable remedies. 

Impairment in the value of our goodwill or other intangible assets could adversely affect us. 

We are required to test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives annually, including the goodwill associated with 
acquisitions, to determine if impairment has occurred. Long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets are also reviewed 
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that amounts may not be recoverable. If the testing 
performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference 
between the carrying amount of the goodwill or other intangible assets and the implied fair value of the goodwill or other 
intangible assets in the period the determination is made. During the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009, we recorded 
impairment charges of $10.8 million, pretax, and $1.7 million, pretax, respectively, pursuant to these assessments. The testing 
of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance 
and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. These estimates can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in 
economic, industry or market conditions, changes in business operations, changes in competition or potential changes in our 
stock price and market capitalization. Changes in these factors, or changes in actual performance compared with estimates of 
our future performance, could affect the fair value of goodwill or other intangible assets, which may result in an impairment 
charge. We cannot accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of assets. Should the value of goodwill or 
other intangible assets become impaired, there could be an adverse effect on us. At December 31, 2010, goodwill and other 
identifiable intangible assets (net of amortization) represented 89.5% of our stockholders’ equity. 

Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities. 

In recent years, healthcare providers have become subject to an increasing number of legal actions alleging malpractice, 
vicarious liability, violation of certain consumer protection acts, negligent hiring, product liability or related legal theories. 
We may be subject to liability in such cases even if the contribution to the alleged injury was minimal. Many of these actions 

26 

 
involve large claims and significant defense costs. In addition, we may be subject to claims related to torts or crimes 
committed by our corporate employees or healthcare professionals. In most instances, we are required to indemnify clients 
against some or all of these risks. A failure of any of our corporate employees or healthcare professionals to observe our 
policies and guidelines intended to reduce these risks, relevant client policies and guidelines or applicable federal, state or 
local laws, rules and regulations could result in negative publicity, payment of fines or other damages. 

A key component of our business is the credentialing process. Ultimately, any hospital or other health care provider is 
responsible for its own internal credentialing process, and the provider typically makes the decision to allow a healthcare 
professional to provide services on its behalf. Nevertheless, in many situations, the provider will be relying upon the 
reputation and screening process of our Company. Errors in this process or failure to detect a poor or incorrect history could 
have a material effect on our reputation. In addition, we may not have access to all of the resources that are available to 
hospitals to check credentials. 

To protect ourselves from the cost of these types of claims, we maintain professional malpractice liability insurance and 
general liability insurance coverage in amounts and with deductibles that we believe are appropriate for our operations. Our 
coverage is, in part, self-insured. However, our insurance coverage may not cover all claims against us or continue to be 
available to us at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to maintain adequate insurance coverage, we may be exposed to 
substantial liabilities. 

If our insurance costs increase significantly, these incremental costs could negatively affect our financial results. 

We purchase various insurance policies to limit or transfer certain risks inherent in our operations. The costs related to 
obtaining and maintaining professional and general liability insurance and health insurance for healthcare providers has 
generally been increasing. If the cost of carrying these insurance policies continues to increase significantly, we will 
recognize an associated increase in costs, which may negatively affect our margins. This could have an adverse impact on our 
financial condition. 

If we become subject to material liabilities under our self-insurance programs, our financial results may be adversely 
affected. 

We provide workers compensation coverage through a program that is partially self-insured. In addition, we provide medical 
coverage to our employees through a partially self-insured preferred provider organization. A portion of our medical 
malpractice coverage is also through a partially self-insured program. If we become subject to substantial uninsured workers 
compensation, medical coverage or medical malpractice liabilities, our financial results may be adversely affected. 

We are subject to litigation, which could result in substantial judgment or settlement costs. 

We are party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. We evaluate these litigation claims and legal proceedings to 
assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these 
assessments and estimates, if any, we establish reserves and/or disclose the relevant litigation claims or legal proceedings, as 
appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a 
significant amount of management judgment. While we do have certain business insurance, it may not be sufficient to cover 
our needs. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those estimated by our current assessments which would 
impact our profitability. Adverse developments in existing litigation claims or legal proceedings involving our Company or 
new claims could require us to establish or increase litigation reserves or enter into unfavorable settlements or satisfy 
judgments for monetary damages for amounts in excess of current reserves, which could adversely affect our financial results 
for future periods. 

Until the sale by certain selling stockholders of a significant portion of their remaining shares, those selling stockholders 
will be able to substantially influence the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, regardless of 
the preferences of other stockholders. 

Charterhouse Equity Partners III (CEP III) and CHEF Nominees Limited (CHEF) own approximately 8% of our outstanding 
common stock and continue to have two designees serving on our Board of Directors (which is currently comprised of seven 
members). Accordingly, they will be able to substantially influence:  

• 

the election of Directors 

•  management and policies; and 

• 

the outcome of any corporate transactions or other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, 
consolidations and the sale of substantially all of our assets. 

27 

 
Under our stockholders’ agreement, the CEP Investors had the right to designate two directors for nomination to our Board of 
Directors. This number decreased (i) to one director when CEP reduced its ownership pursuant to a Secondary Offering in 
November 2006 by more than 50% of their holdings prior to our initial public offering and (ii) the number will decrease to 
zero upon a reduction of ownership by more than 90% of their holdings prior to our initial public offering. Their interests 
may conflict with the interests of the other holders of our common stock. 

A registration statement under the Securities Act covering resale of CEP III’s stock is presently in effect and sales of this 
stock could cause our stock price to decline. 

We presently maintain an effective shelf registration under the Securities Act covering the resale of stock held by CEP III. 
These shares represent approximately 8% of our outstanding common stock and sales of the stock could cause our stock price 
to decline. In addition, we registered 4,398,001 shares of common stock for issuance under our 1999 stock option plans and 
3,500,000 shares of common stock for our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Options to purchase 620,246 shares of common stock 
were issued and outstanding as of February 28, 2011 of which, options to purchase 619,622 shares were vested. In addition, 
1,070,898 shares of stock appreciation rights were issued and outstanding as of February 28, 2011, 307,302 of which were 
vested. Shares of restricted stock outstanding as of February 28, 2011, were 501,699. Common stock issued upon exercise of 
stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock, under our benefit plans, is eligible for resale in the public market 
without restriction. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares held by any stockholder or the availability of 
these shares for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock. 

If provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, we may 
be unable to consummate a transaction that our stockholders consider favorable. 

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our 
stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to issue 
up to 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. Without stockholder approval, the Board of Directors has the 
authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock. With these rights, preferred 
stockholders could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent 
someone from acquiring or merging with us. 

Terrorist attacks or armed conflict could adversely affect our normal business activity and results of operations. 

In the aftermath of the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, we experienced a temporary interruption of normal business 
activity. Similar events in the future or armed conflicts involving the United States could result in additional temporary or 
longer-term interruptions of our normal business activity and our results of operations. Future terrorist attacks could also 
result in reduced willingness of nurses to travel to staffing assignments by airplane or otherwise. 

Market disruptions may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.  

Economic conditions and volatility in the financial markets may have an adverse impact on the availability of credit to our 
customers and businesses generally. To the extent that disruption in the financial markets occurs, it has the potential to 
materially affect our customers’ ability to tap into debt and/or equity markets to continue their ongoing operations, have 
access to cash and/or pay their debts as they come due, all of which could reasonably be expected to have an adverse impact 
on the number of open positions for healthcare staff they request, as well as their ability to pay for our temporary staffing 
services. These events could negatively impact our results of operations and financial conditions. Although we monitor our 
credit risks to specific clients that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk or lack of access to liquidity may 
result from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. Conditions in the credit markets and the economy 
generally could adversely impact our business and frustrate or prohibit us from refinancing our credit facility on terms 
favorable to us when it comes due in September 2013. 

We could fail to generate sufficient cash to fund our liquidity needs and/or fail to satisfy the financial and other restrictive 
covenants to which we are subject under our existing indebtedness.  

Our existing credit facility currently contains financial covenants that require us to operate at or below a maximum leverage 
ratio. Further deterioration in our operating results could result in our inability to comply with these covenants which would 
result in a default under our credit facility. If an event of default exists, our lenders could call the indebtedness and we may be 
unable to renegotiate or secure other financing. 

28 

 
If our healthcare facility clients increase the use of intermediaries it could impact our profitability. 

We have seen an increase in the use of intermediaries by our clients, including both vendor management companies (who 
solely provide technology) and managed service providers (who provide staffing services). These intermediaries typically 
enter into contracts with our clients and then subcontract with us and other agencies to provide staffing services, thus 
interfering to some extent in our relationship with our clients. Each of these intermediaries charges an administrative fee. If 
managed service providers win business with our current customers, the number of professionals we have on assignment at 
those clients could decrease. If we are unable to negotiate hourly rates with intermediaries for the services we provide at 
these clients which are sufficient to cover administrative fees charged by those intermediaries, it could impact our 
profitability. If those intermediaries become insolvent or fail to pay us for our services, it could impact our bad debt 
expense and thus our overall profitability. 

We also provide vendor management services directly to certain of our clients. While such contracts typically improve our 
market share at these facilities, they could result in less diversification of our customer base and increased liability. The loss 
of one or more of our large vendor management accounts could materially affect our profitability.  

We are subject to business risks associated with international operations. 

As of December 31, 2010, we had international operations in the United Kingdom where our AKOS Limited (AKOS) 
business is headquartered and India where our Cross Country Infotech, Pvt Ltd. (Infotech) subsidiary is located. AKOS is a 
provider of drug safety, regulatory and clinical trial services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in Europe, the 
United States, Canada and Asia. Infotech provides in-house information systems development and support services as well as 
some back-office processing services. We have limited experience in supporting our services outside of North America. 
Operations in certain markets are subject to risks inherent in international business activities, including: fluctuations in 
currency exchange rates; changes in regulations, varying economic and political conditions; overlapping or differing tax 
structures; and regulations concerning compensation and benefits, vacation and the termination of employment. Our inability 
to effectively manage our international operations could result in increased costs and adversely affect our results of 
operations. 

29 

 
Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

Item 2.  

Properties.  

We do not own any real property. Our principal leases as of December 31, 2010 are listed below. 

Location 
Boca Raton, Florida  

   Headquarters and nurse and allied staffing 

70,406    May 1, 2018 

Function 

Square 
Feet 

Lease Expiration 

Norcross, Georgia  

  Temporary physician staffing and allied staffing 

50,000  

January 31, 2011 

administration 

offices 

Durham, North Carolina 
Newtown Square, Pennsylvania  

Creve Coeur, Missouri  
Malden, Massachusetts 

  Clinical trial staffing headquarters 
  Nurse and allied staffing administration and 

general office use 
   Retained search headquarters 
   Nurse and allied staffing administration and 

general office use 

and February 28, 
2014 (a) 

37,851   September 30, 2013
31,959    January 17, 2014 

27,051    June 14, 2017 
22,767    June 30, 2017 

Pune, India 

In-house information systems and development 

20,700   November 30, 2015

Tampa, Florida 

   Nurse and allied staffing administration and 

15,698    February 15, 2015 

support 

general office use 

  Clinical trial staffing operations site 
   Education training headquarters 

14,459   September 30, 2013
14,157    August 31, 2014 

Ambler, Pennsylvania 
Brentwood, Tennessee  
——————— 
(a) 

In December 2010, the Company entered into a one year lease to rent 8,494 square feet which replaced the leased space 
of approximately 25,000 square feet that terminated on January 31, 2011. 

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings. 

Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc 

On February 18, 2005, the Company’s MedStaff subsidiary became the subject of a purported class action lawsuit (Maureen 
Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc.) filed in the Superior Court of California in Riverside County. The lawsuit 
relates to only MedStaff corporate employees working in California.  

The lawsuit alleges, among other things, violations of certain sections of the California Labor Code, the California Business 
and Professions Code, and recovery of unpaid wages and penalties. MedStaff currently has less than 50 corporate employees 
in California. The Plaintiffs, Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda, purport to sue on behalf of themselves and all others 
similarly situated, and allege that MedStaff failed, under California law, to provide corporate employees while in on-call 
status with meal periods and rest breaks, and pay for those missed meal periods and rest breaks; failed to compensate the 
employees for all hours worked; failed to compensate the employees for working overtime; failed to keep appropriate records 
to keep track of time worked; failed to pay Plaintiffs and their purported class as required by law. Plaintiffs seek, among 
other things, an order enjoining MedStaff from engaging in the practices challenged in the complaint and for full restitution 
of all monies, for interest, for certain penalties provided for by the California Labor Code and for attorneys’ fees and costs. 
On February 5, 2007, the court granted class certification. In December 2009, the Company reached an agreement in 
principle to settle this matter. As a result, the Company accrued a pre-tax charge of $345,000 (approximately $209,000 after 
taxes) related to this lawsuit. In October 2010, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement.  

The Company is also subject to other legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. In the 
opinion of management, the outcome of these other matters will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated 
financial position or results of operations.  

Item 4.  

(Removed and Reserved). 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
PART II 

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities. 

Our common stock currently trades under the symbol “CCRN” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (NASDAQ). Our 
common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “CCRN” on October 25, 2001. The 
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per share of common stock reported on; such 
prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual 
transactions. 

Calendar Period 

Closing 
Sale Prices 

High 

Low 

2010 
Quarter Ended March 31, 2010  .................................................................. 
Quarter Ended June 30, 2010  ..................................................................... 
Quarter Ended September 30, 2010 ............................................................ 
Quarter Ended December 31, 2010  ............................................................ 

$ 10.79   $
$ 10.99   $
9.67   $
$
9.19   $
$

2009 
Quarter Ended March 31, 2009  .................................................................. 
Quarter Ended June 30, 2009  ..................................................................... 
Quarter Ended September 30, 2009 ............................................................ 
Quarter Ended December 31, 2009  ............................................................ 

9.04   $
$
$
9.20   $
$ 10.07   $
$ 10.13   $

8.63
7.66
7.09
6.63

5.25
6.59
6.30
7.88

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The graph below matches Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.'s cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with 
the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the Dow Jones US Health Care Providers index, and the Dow 
Jones US Business Training & Employment Agencies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our 
common stock and in each of the indexes (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 12/31/2005 to 12/31/2010.  

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index, The Dow Jones US Health Care 
Providers Index and The Dow Jones US Business Training & Employment Agencies Index

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

12/05

12/06

12/07

12/08

12/09

12/10

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
Dow Jones US Health Care Providers
Dow Jones US Business Training & Employment Agencies

*$100 invested on 12/31/05 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

Copyright© 2010 Dow Jones & Co. All rights reserved.

12/05

12/06

12/07

12/08

12/09

12/10

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite 
Dow Jones US Health Care Providers 
Dow Jones US Business Training & Employment Agencies 

100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00

122.38
111.16
98.43
115.88

79.87
124.64
117.33
85.33

49.30
73.80
63.74
52.61

55.58
107.07
86.58
80.29

47.50
125.99
95.51
96.70

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

As of March 3, 2011, there were 100 stockholders of record of our common stock. In addition, there are approximately 2,725 
beneficial owners of our common stock held by brokers or other institutions on behalf of stockholders. 

We have never paid or declared cash dividends on our common stock. Covenants in our credit agreement limit our ability to 
repurchase our common stock and declare and pay cash dividends on our common stock. During the year ended 
December 31, 2010, we did not purchase any shares of our common stock. .  

32 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On February 28, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program whereby the Company may 
purchase up to an additional 1.5 million of our common shares, subject to the terms of our current credit agreement. The 
shares may be repurchased from time-to-time in the open market and the repurchase program may be discontinued at any 
time at the Company’s discretion. The current stock repurchase authorization commenced upon the completion of the 
Company’s May 2006 authorization to repurchase up to 1.5 million shares; which commenced upon the completion of the 
November 2002 authorization to purchase up to 1.5 million shares. Under the remainder of our current stock repurchase 
authorization, we can repurchase up to 1,441,139 shares of our common stock. See – Liquidity and Capital Resources in the 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Statements of Financial Condition and Results of Operation section of 
this report. As of December 31, 2010, pursuant to the terms of our credit agreement covenants, we are not able to use cash for 
either dividends or stock repurchases. 

33 

 
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data. 

The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 
2009, and 2008 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., included 
elsewhere in this Report. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for the years 
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, are derived from the consolidated financial statements of Cross Country Healthcare, 
Inc., that have been audited but not included in this Report. 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related 
notes of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report. 

2010 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 (a) 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

2007 (b) 

2009 

2006(c) 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data 
Revenue from services .....................................................................   $
Operating expenses: 

Direct operating expenses (d)......................................................    
Selling, general and administrative expenses (d) ........................    
Bad debt expense ........................................................................    
Depreciation................................................................................    
Amortization ...............................................................................    
Impairment charges (e) ...............................................................    
Legal settlement charge (f) .........................................................    
Secondary offering costs (g) .......................................................    
Total operating expenses.............................................................    
Income (loss) from operations ..........................................................    
Other expenses (income):  

Foreign exchange loss (gain) ......................................................    
Interest expense, net....................................................................    
Other income ..............................................................................    
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes ......    
Income tax (benefit) expense ...........................................................    
(Loss) income from continuing operations .......................................    
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes: 

Income from discontinued operations (h) ...................................    
Net (loss) income .............................................................................   $
Net (loss) income per common share – basic: 

(Loss) income from continuing operations..................................   $
Discontinued operations..............................................................    
Net (loss) income .............................................................................   $
Net (loss) income per common share – diluted (i): 

(Loss) income from continuing operations..................................   $
Discontinued operations..............................................................    
Net (loss) income .............................................................................   $
Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

468,562  $

578,237  $

734,247  $

718,272  $

655,152

336,250 
108,984 
294 
8,043 
3,851 
10,764 
— 
— 
468,186 
376 

76 
4,072 

(3,772)   
(997)   
(2,775)   

424,984 
120,690 
— 
8,773 
4,018 
1,726 
345 
— 
560,536 
17,701 

66 
6,174 
(193)   

11,654 
4,960 
6,694 

547,753 
130,722 
951 
7,637 
3,166 
244,094 
— 
— 
934,323 
(200,076)   

(132)   
4,225 
— 

(204,169)   
(61,224)   
(142,945)   

549,441 
116,859 
1,559 
6,309 
2,051 
— 
34 
— 
676,253 
42,019 

93 
2,587 
— 
39,339 
14,759 
24,580 

— 
(2,775)  $

— 
6,694  $

— 

(142,945)  $

— 
24,580  $

(0.09)  $
— 
(0.09)  $

(0.09)  $
— 
(0.09)  $

0.22  $
— 
0.22  $

0.22  $
— 
0.22  $

(4.64)  $
— 
(4.64)  $

(4.64)  $
— 
(4.64)  $

0.77  $
— 
0.77  $

0.76  $
— 
0.76  $

508,015
104,625
459
5,449
1,570
—
6,704
154
626,976
28,176

—
1,464
—
26,712
10,146
16,566

70
16,636

0.52
0.00
0.52

0.51
0.00
0.51

Basic ...........................................................................................     31,060,426 
Diluted (i) ...................................................................................     31,060,426 

  30,824,660 
  30,999,446 

  30,825,099 
  30,825,099 

  31,972,681 
  32,484,241 

  32,077,240
  32,737,419

2010 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

2006 

Other Operating Data 

Nurse and allied staffing statistical data: 
FTEs (j) ............................................................................................    
Days worked (k) ...............................................................................    
Average revenue per FTE per day (l) ...............................................   $

2,185 
797,525 

2,735 
998,275 

4,463 
1,633,594 

5,025 
1,834,125 

304  $

314  $

322  $

314  $

5,001
1,825,365
304

Physician staffing statistical data (a): 
Days filled (m) 
Revenue per day filled (n) 

78,346 
1,552  $

95,253 
1,594 

  $

34,863 
1,622 

NA 
NA 

NA
NA

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow data (o): 
Net cash provided by operating activities .........................................   $
Net cash used in investing activities .................................................   $
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ..........................   $

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data 
Working capital (o) ..........................................................................   $
Cash and cash equivalents (o)...........................................................   $
Total assets (o) .................................................................................   $
Total debt .........................................................................................   $
Stockholders’ equity.........................................................................   $

2010 

2009 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 
(in thousands) 

2007 

2006 

31,522  $
(16,199)  $
(11,191)  $

72,400  $
(11,713)  $
(64,217)  $

51,085  $
(129,561)  $
79,985  $

35,880 
$
(35,328)  $
$
8,431 

32,918
(27,848)
(5,070)

67,511  $
10,957  $
348,208  $
53,513  $
246,009  $

71,177  $
6,861  $
356,589  $
62,514  $
246,071  $

107,059  $
10,173  $
425,849  $
133,080  $
234,023  $

98,193 
9,067 
535,005 
39,451 
390,437 

$
$
$
$
$

84,732
—
500,926
21,529
374,856

NA – not applicable 
——————— 
(a)  On September 9, 2008, the Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of privately-held 
MDA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and all of the outstanding stock of a subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. 
(collectively, MDA). Our 2008 results include results from the acquisition of MDA from September 1, 2008, the 
agreed upon effective date for accounting purposes. Refer to further discussion in our notes to the consolidated 
financial statements (Note 4 -Acquisitions). 

(b)  Our 2007 results include results from the acquisitions of AKOS Limited (AKOS) and Assent Consulting (Assent) from 

their acquisition dates of June 6, 2007 and July 18, 2007, respectively. Refer to further discussion in our notes to the 
consolidated financial statements (Note 4 – Acquisitions). 

(e) 

(d) 

(c)  Our 2006 results include the results from the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Metropolitan Research 
Associates, LLC and Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, LLC (collectively “Metropolitan Research”) from 
August 31, 2006, the date of acquisition. Refer to further discussion in our notes to the consolidated financial 
statements (Note 4-Acquisitions). 
In 2010, the Company reevaluated the classifications of certain expenses related to its retained search business 
segment. To better reflect the costs that are most variable with revenue, the Company reclassified certain costs from 
selling, general and administrative expenses to direct costs. Prior years have been reclassified to conform to the 2010 
presentation. 
Impairment charges include goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges pursuant to the Intangibles-
Goodwill and Other Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification 
(ASC) and the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Asset subsection of the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of 
the FASB ASC. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded noncash pretax impairment charges of 
$10.8 million, related to the impairment of specific trademarks in its physician and nurse and allied staffing business 
segments related to its acquisition of MDA. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a noncash pretax 
impairment charge of $1.7 million, related to the change in utilization of a specific trademark and database in its 
clinical trial services business segment. As a result of its annual goodwill impairment analysis, in the fourth quarter of 
2008, the Company recorded a $241.0 million, pretax, goodwill impairment related to its nurse and allied staffing 
business segment. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a $3.1 million, pretax, impairment 
charge related to a specific customer relationship in its clinical trial services business segment. Refer to further 
discussion of these impairment charges in our notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 3 – Goodwill and 
Other Identifiable Intangible Assets). 

(f)  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle a class action lawsuit, 

Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc., which the court granted preliminary approval in October 2010. 
In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company accrued a pretax charge of $0.3 million ($0.2 million after taxes) related to 
this lawsuit. During the third quarter of 2006, we agreed, in principle, to settle a wage and hour class action lawsuit, 
Cossack, et.al. v. Cross Country TravCorps and Cross Country Nurses, Inc. On March 5, 2007, a final settlement of the 
matter was approved by the court. During 2006, the Company accrued a pretax charge of $6.7 million ($4.2 million 
after taxes), representing the final settlement amount, which was paid in 2007. 

(g)  Secondary offering costs include registration statement filings and public offering expenses incurred as a result of our 
secondary offerings in September 2006. We did not register any shares of our common stock pursuant to these 
registration statements. Accordingly, we did not receive any proceeds from these offerings and, did not capitalize any 
of the associated costs. Refer to discussion in our notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 13 – 
Stockholders’ Equity).  
Income from discontinued operations reflects the results of Cross Country Consulting, Inc. The Company’s consulting 
practice was shut down in the third quarter of 2005.  

(h) 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i) 

For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per common share in 2010 and 2008, the Company excluded potentially 
dilutive shares from the calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive, due to the Company's net loss in those 
years. The Company recalculated the previously reported 2008 net (loss) income per common share-diluted to 
reflect this immaterial correction.  
FTEs represent the average number of nurse and allied contract staffing personnel on a full-time equivalent basis. 

(j) 
(k)  Days worked is calculated by multiplying the FTEs by the number of days during the respective period. 
(l)  Average nurse and allied staffing revenue per FTE per day is calculated by dividing the nurse and allied staffing 

revenue by the number of days worked in the respective periods. Nurse and allied staffing revenue includes revenue 
from permanent placement of nurses. 

(m)  Days filled is calculated by dividing the total hours filled during the period by 8 hours. 
(n)  Revenue per day filled is calculated by dividing the applicable revenue generated by the Company’s physician staffing 

segment by days filled for the period presented. 

(o)  The Company’s balance sheet and statement of cash flows have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s 

presentation. The Company has classified its consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2009 
through 2006, in accordance with the provisions of the Insurance Costs subtopic of the Other Expenses Topic of the 
FASB ASC as explained in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 2 - Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies). The Company has presented the current and non-current portions of its workers’ compensation 
and certain professional liability accounts as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and has reclassified its 
balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 to conform to the current presentation. The Company has reclassified certain 
other assets and liabilities from current to other long-term assets or long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 
2008 to conform to the December 31, 2010 presentation. Certain prior year amounts were not reclassified due to the 
immaterial amounts of the liabilities. 

Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with 
Selected Financial Data, Risk Factors, Forward-Looking Statements and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
accompanying notes and other data, all of which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Certain prior year information has been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

Overview 

We are a diversified leader in healthcare staffing services offering a comprehensive suite of staffing and outsourcing services 
to the healthcare market. We report our financial results according to four business segments: (1) nurse and allied staffing, 
(2) physician staffing, (3) clinical trial services and (4) other human capital management services. We believe we are one of 
the top two providers of nurse and allied staffing services; one of the top four providers of temporary physician staffing 
(locum tenens) services; a leading provider of clinical trial staffing services, retained physician search services and 
educational seminars specifically for the healthcare marketplace. 

We have a diversified revenue mix across business sectors and healthcare customers. For the year ended December 31, 2010, 
our nurse and allied staffing business segment represented approximately 52% of our revenue and is comprised of travel 
nurse and per diem nurse staffing, and allied health staffing. Travel nurse staffing represented approximately 38% of our total 
revenue and 74% of our nurse and allied staffing business segment revenue. Other nurse and allied staffing services include 
the placement of per diem nurses and allied healthcare professionals, such as radiology technicians, rehabilitation therapists 
and respiratory therapists. Our physician staffing business segment represented approximately 26% of 2010 revenue and 
consists of temporary physician staffing services (locum tenens). Our clinical trial services business segment represented 
approximately 13% of our revenue and consists of service offerings that include traditional staffing and functional 
outsourcing, as well as drug safety monitoring and regulatory services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. Our 
other human capital management services business segment represented approximately 9% of our revenue and consists of 
education and training and retained search services.  

The long-term macro drivers of our business are demographic in nature and consist of a growing and aging U.S. population 
demanding more healthcare services and an aging workforce of healthcare professionals. Additionally, there are projected 
shortages of healthcare professionals including registered nurses (RNs) and physicians. Demand for our nurse, allied and 
physician services is primarily influenced by two factors: (1) national labor market dynamics that affect the number of hours 
worked by healthcare professionals and (2) the strength or weakness in acute care hospital admissions relative to expectations 
and the volume of patients at medical facilities and physician offices. Demand for our clinical trial staffing services is 
primarily influenced by the level of research and development (R&D) activities by pharmaceutical and biotechnology 

36 

 
companies. In the short-term, demand for our nurse and allied staffing services and our clinical trial staffing services 
improved somewhat during the second half of 2010, but did not for our physician staffing services. However, overall demand 
for our healthcare staffing services remains significantly reduced from levels in 2008 prior to the economic downturn that 
began during the fall of that year. 

The supply of healthcare professionals in the marketplace is dependent upon the number of RNs and physicians entering their 
respective professions versus retiring from the workforce. The supply of RNs available for our staffing services is variable 
and influenced by current labor market dynamics, as well as dependent upon the desire of RNs to work temporary 
assignments versus being directly employed by hospitals as staff nurses or working in non-hospital settings such as insurance 
companies, health clinics and doctor offices. The supply of physicians available for our physician staffing services is variable 
and is influenced by several factors, including the desire of physicians to work temporary assignments versus being in private 
practice or directly employed at healthcare facilities, the desire of older physicians to work fewer hours, work-lifestyle 
balance among younger physicians, and the trend toward more female physicians in the workforce working fewer hours than 
male counter-parts. The supply of clinical trial personnel in the marketplace is relatively stable and comprised primarily of 
individuals with an educational background and experience in life sciences, as well as healthcare professionals who have left 
a care giving role to pursue clinical research opportunities. The supply of people available for our clinical trial services is 
dependent on the number of clinical trial professionals not currently employed in ongoing trials, as well as new people 
entering the industry, net of retirements.  

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our revenue was $468.6 million, and we had a net loss of $2.8 million, or $(0.09) per 
diluted share. Our net loss included impairment charges of $10.8 million ($6.6 million after taxes), and impacted our earnings 
per diluted share by $0.21. The impairment charges related to trademarks acquired with our MDA acquisition and resulted 
from a recent reduction in locum tenens usage and the overall physician staffing needs of our customers. During 2010, we 
generated $31.5 million in cash flow from operations, paid the final earnout payment on our MDA acquisition of 
$12.8 million and reduced our total debt by $9.0 million. We ended the year with total debt of $53.5 million and 
$11.0 million of cash, resulting in a ratio of debt, net of cash, to total capitalization of 14.2%. 

In general, we evaluate the Company’s financial condition and operating results by revenue, contribution income (see 
Segment Information), and adjusted net (loss) income. We also use measurement of our cash flow generation and operating 
and leverage ratios to help us assess our financial condition. In addition, we monitor several key volume and profitability 
indicators such as number of orders, contract bookings, number of FTEs, days filled and price. 

Nurse and Allied Staffing 

Our nurse and allied staffing services business segment is headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida. Our travel staffing business 
is operated from a relatively centralized business model servicing all of the assignment needs of our field employees and 
client facilities through operation centers located in Boca Raton, Florida; Malden, Massachusetts; Newtown Square, 
Pennsylvania; Tampa, Florida; and Norcross, Georgia. Our per diem staffing operations are provided through a network of 
branch offices serving major metropolitan markets predominantly located on the east and west coasts of the U.S.  

Our nurse and allied staffing revenue and earnings are impacted by the relative supply of nurses and demand for our staffing 
services at healthcare facilities. Demand for our healthcare staffing services is primarily influenced by the strength or 
weakness of national acute care hospital admissions relative to expectations and the volume of patients at other medical 
facilities, as well as labor market dynamics that influence the number of hours worked by healthcare professionals. We 
believe demand for travel nurse staffing services will be favorably impacted in the long-term by an aging population and an 
increasing shortage of nurses. We rely significantly on our ability to recruit and retain nurses and other healthcare 
professionals who possess the skills, experience and, as required, licensure necessary to meet the specified requirements of 
our clients. Shortages of qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals could limit our ability to fill open orders and 
grow our revenue and net income. In general, we believe nurses are more willing to seek travel assignments during relatively 
high levels of demand for contract employment, and conversely, are more reluctant to seek travel assignments during and 
immediately following periods of weak demand for contract employment.  

Cross Country Staffing is our largest brand, and as a part of its business strategy, offers its Managed Service Provider (MSP) 
program to health care facility clients across the U.S. Our MSP program provides cost savings and process improvement to 
clients by managing all aspects of their temporary staffing utilization, including: subcontractor management/on-boarding, 
order process management, candidate interviewing, invoice approval and consolidation, and data capture and analysis. These 
services are particularly beneficial to clients that want to have a single point of contact that can ensure fill rate and manage 
the complexity of credential compliance for a large volume of utilization across a broad spectrum of medical disciplines and 
specialties. In addition to directly supplying the vast majority of client needs, CCS partners with more than 200 suppliers to 
ensure clients have access to a large pool of candidates to meet their needs, as well as with a leading third-party vendor 

37 

 
management system (VMS) technology provider to automate the hiring process workflow and provide the client with real-
time access to financial, operational, and credential information. At year end 2010, approximately 30% of our nurse and 
allied FTEs were working at our MSP client facilities. 

We operate differentiated nurse and allied recruiting brands including Cross Country TravCorps, MedStaff, NovaPro, Cross 
Country Local, Allied Health Group, CRU48 and Assignment America to recruit nurses and allied healthcare professionals 
on a domestic and international basis. We believe that these professionals are attracted to us because we offer a wide range of 
diverse assignments at attractive locations, competitive compensation and benefit packages, as well as high levels of 
customer service. 

Typically, as admissions increase for our hospital customers, temporary employees are often added before full-time 
employees are hired. As admissions decline, clients tend to reduce their use of temporary employees before undertaking 
layoffs of their staff employees. In general, we evaluate the nurse and allied staffing business segment’s financial condition 
and operating results by revenue and contribution income (see Segment Information). In addition, we monitor several key 
volume and profitability indicators such as number of open orders, contract bookings, number of FTEs and bill rate per hour 
of service provided.  

The business environment for our nurse and allied staffing services in 2010 reflected a continuation of hospital admission 
trends that have been relatively flat since 2003, as well as the lingering effects of the economic downturn and weak national 
labor market that translated into more uninsured people and fewer people with commercial health insurance coverage. 
Moreover, high national unemployment typically results in an increase in RNs seeking employment as hospital staff nurses 
and those already employed as staff nurses become more willing to work more hours at prevailing wages. Combined, these 
factors reduce the need for our outsourced staffing services as reflected by the lower segment revenue and staffing volume of 
healthcare professionals we had on assignment in 2010 compared to the prior year. However, as 2010 progressed, we 
experienced an increase in demand for our travel nurse and allied staffing services that translated into sequential quarterly 
improvement in our relative bookings activity for future assignments and then a modest improvement in staffing volume in 
the fourth quarter. We believe our strategy, which has incorporated a focus on opportunities to provide our MSP services to 
hospital and health system clients and our success in winning a number of contracts during 2010, as well as providing an 
effective staffing solution to support hospitals implementing new electronic medical records technology were important 
factors in our sequential improvement during the year, Bill rates, as measured by revenue per hour in our travel nurse staffing 
business, contracted modestly during the year compared to the prior year, but were offset by reduced wages to our field 
employees. Our bill-pay spread continued to improve over the prior year.  

In the fourth quarter of 2010 our nurse and allied staffing volume increased 2% over the third quarter of 2010. In addition, 
relative bookings for our nurse and allied staffing business segment, which measures net weeks booked as a percentage of the 
average field FTE count, improved from 88% in the first quarter of 2010, to 97% in the second quarter and 107% in the third 
quarter of 2010 and averaged 109% in the fourth quarter. It takes several months for sequential volume growth to materialize 
after booking trends begin to improve due to the typical three-month contract length and the normal one-month delay from 
the time a contract is booked to the assignment start date. This improvement in relative bookings has resulted from an 
increase in orders from the very low levels of demand we experienced in the first half of 2010. However, despite this 
increase, our demand remains well below historical norms.  

Physician Staffing 

We added the physician staffing business segment in 2008 with the acquisition of MDA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
(collectively, MDA) as described in the Acquisitions section which follows. MDA is headquartered in Norcross, Georgia and 
offers multi-specialty locum tenens (temporary physician staffing) services to the healthcare industry in all 50 states.  

Our physician staffing business revenue and earnings are impacted by the demand for temporary physician staffing services 
and the supply of qualified physicians. When there are not enough physicians to fill the number of vacancies at hospitals, 
practice groups or other healthcare facilities, demand increases for our services. The supply of physicians available for our 
physician staffing services is variable and is influenced by several factors, including the desire of physicians to work 
temporary assignments versus being in private practice or directly employed at healthcare facilities, the desire of older 
physicians to work fewer hours, work-lifestyle balance among younger physicians, and the trend toward more female 
physicians in the workforce working fewer hours than male counter-parts. In general, we believe that in periods when they 
are looking for more flexibility, have concerns with cost and availability of malpractice insurance, or want to avoid managing 
a practice, supply increases. In periods where the physicians are looking for more stability, supply decreases. Demand and 
supply constraints may vary based on the specialty of the physician. We monitor several key volume and profitability 
indicators for each specialty area of this business, such as physician staffing days filled and revenue per days filled. In 
addition, we monitor this segment’s revenue, contribution income and contribution income as a percentage or revenue. 

38 

 
We believe the lingering effects of the recession and the weak housing market have delayed the retirement plans of many 
older physicians. These factors, along with a reduction in surgeries and a trend in which hospitals have had increasing 
success in directly hiring physicians for staff positions have resulted in a decrease in demand for temporary physicians. The 
decline was particularly large in anesthesiology, which historically has been one of our largest specialty areas. Despite this 
decrease in current demand, we believe the long-term demographic drivers of this business are still favorable. These drivers 
include an aging population demanding more healthcare, an aging physician population from the baby boom generation 
nearing retirement age, and more females entering the profession, which historically have provided relatively less hours of 
service on average than males. Due to these factors, we believe the long-term prospects for an acute physician shortage are 
just as strong now as they were before the current downturn. In addition, we believe the increase in the insured population 
that will result from the enactment of healthcare reform should increase demand for primary care physicians which should 
benefit our business. 

Clinical Trial Services 

Our clinical trial services business segment is headquartered at the Research Triangle Park (RTP) in Durham, North Carolina. 
We provide a flexible range of traditional contract staffing, drug safety monitoring, and regulatory consulting to 
pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, as well as contract research organization (CRO) customers. 
We market these services through multiple brand offerings that have allowed us to establish a significant geographic footprint 
in the U.S. along with an important presence in the European market. 

Our clinical trial services revenue and earnings are impacted by the number of trials being planned and conducted by 
pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies. As a result, we are impacted by our customer’s ability to 
obtain financing for research and development efforts. We believe that pharmaceutical and biotech companies will continue 
to need to enhance their product pipelines and conduct human clinical trials to evaluate efficacy and safety. We can provide 
our customers with a broad range of services, from pre-clinical through post marketing. We rely on our ability to recruit and 
maintain professionals who possess the skills, experience, and, as required, licensure necessary to meet the specified 
requirements of our clients. The supply of clinical trials personnel in the marketplace is relatively stable and comprised 
primarily of healthcare professionals who have left basic care to pursue clinical research opportunities and individuals with 
the education and experience in life sciences. The supply of people available for our clinical trial services is dependent on the 
number of clinical trial professionals not currently employed in ongoing trials, as well as new people entering the industry, 
net of retirements. 

In our clinical trial services segment, the economic downturn was among the catalysts for numerous pharmaceutical and 
biotechnology company mergers and acquisitions, as well as business closures that resulted in reevaluations of clinical 
strategy and product mix, along with a refocusing or reduction in R&D programs. While an increasing amount of R&D had 
been outsourced over the preceding years, the global economic downturn substantially decreased R&D activity in this sector 
and reduced the demand for our clinical trial services. Nevertheless, we have been seeing gradual improvement in our core 
contract staffing component of this business, which represented approximately 94% of the business segment’s revenue in 
2010, while continuing to experience weakness in our drug safety monitoring and regulatory compliance service offerings. 
Despite the recent industry weaknesses, demographic factors and advances in biotechnology should drive long-term growth 
for this business segment. 

Other Human Capital Management Services 

Education and Training Services 

Our Cross Country Education (CCE) subsidiary, headquartered in Brentwood, Tennessee, provides regulatory and clinical 
skill-based continuing education development for healthcare professionals. CCE is an approved provider of continuing 
education with more than 35 professional healthcare associations, and also works with national and state boards and 
associations. CCE offers one-day seminars and e-learning, as well as national and regional conferences on topics relevant to 
healthcare professionals. Since 1995, CCE has trained over 1,000,000 licensed professionals in the fields of physical and 
occupational therapy, behavioral health, nursing, long-term care, coding and billing, regulatory compliance, dentistry, health 
information and healthcare administration. In 2010, CCE held approximately 5,500 seminars and conferences that were 
attended by nearly 163,000 registrants in 182 cities in the U.S. and Canada. We extend these educational services to our field 
employees on favorable terms as a recruitment and retention tool. 

In 2010, CCE’s business experienced a resurgence of professionals attending its live continuing education seminars. CCE’s 
largest markets are the mental health and allied health sectors, which together represent approximately 74% of its seminar 
offerings. Combined, these markets had 4% higher attendance from the prior year. The most significant growth market for 
CCE in 2010 was seminar attendance for Nurse Practitioners and Physician Assistants, which increased 21% year-over-year. 

39 

 
We believe our business and the continuing education industry is beginning to reap some benefit from the health care reform 
regulations implemented to-date. However, the most significant opportunities may be realized as compliance with new 
healthcare reform regulations become mandatory for healthcare practitioners. 

Retained Search 

Our Cejka Search subsidiary is headquartered in Creve Coeur, Missouri, a business district centered within the St. Louis 
metropolitan area. Cejka Search has been a leading physician, allied health and healthcare executive search firm for 30 years, 
recruiting top healthcare talent for organizations nationwide through a team of experienced professionals, award-winning 
recruitment technology and commitment to service excellence. Serving clients nationwide, Cejka Search annually completes 
hundreds of search assignments for organizations spanning the continuum of healthcare, including physician group practices, 
hospitals and health systems, academic medical centers, managed care and other healthcare organizations. 

In 2010, growth in demand for recruitment services was impacted by the lingering effects of the economic downturn and 
weak national labor market that translated into lower procedural volume and revenue for many healthcare providers. Other 
factors that continued to limit or delay implementation of medical and administrative staff recruitment plans included 
uncertainty related to the implementation of healthcare reform and the Medicare reimbursement rules. At the same time, 
depressed housing values, reduced employment opportunities for trailing spouses and slow recovery in investment portfolios 
made relocation and retirement unattractive to physicians, which impacted revenue from both search assignments and 
placements. 

Internally, during the later part of 2009 and throughout 2010, Cejka Search made strategic changes to its business model to be 
more competitive in the current market for retained search services, which reduced operating expenses and resulted in a 
higher number of engagements in both physician and executive search. The changes included the subdivision of physician 
search sales territories and designation of six regional sales directors to support greater geographic penetration. Cejka Search 
also introduced shared risk search products and unbundled recruiter support and sourcing services. Previously, full cycle 
search was the only option available to clients. In the executive search division, the position of engagement manager was 
created to allocate resources toward search fulfillment, affording managing principals greater capacity for business 
development. Despite these improvements, revenue growth was impacted slightly due to a change in the mix of business and 
less overall placements being made. Based on operational efficiencies and marketing improvements made in 2010, we 
believe Cejka Search is well-positioned to benefit from the continuing physician shortages in most specialties and growing 
demand for advanced practitioners, allied health professionals and healthcare executive leadership as the U.S. population 
continues to age. 

History 

In July 1999, an affiliate of Charterhouse Group, Inc (Charterhouse) and certain members of management acquired the assets 
of Cross Country Staffing, our predecessor, from W. R. Grace & Co. Upon the closing of this transaction, we changed from a 
partnership to a C corporation form of ownership. In December 1999, we acquired TravCorps Corporation (TravCorps), 
which was owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley Private Equity (Morgan Stanley) and certain members of 
TravCorps’ management and subsequently changed our name to Cross Country TravCorps, Inc. Subsequent acquisitions and 
dispositions were made as discussed below. In 2001, we changed our name to Cross Country, Inc., and in October 2001, we 
completed our initial public offering. Subsequently, in May 2003, we changed our name to Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.  

In March 2002, and November 2004, Charterhouse and Morgan Stanley sold a portion of their ownership through secondary 
offerings. Subsequently, in 2005, Morgan Stanley completed the sale of its investment in the Company. During 2006, 
Charterhouse sold a majority of its remaining ownership in Cross Country Healthcare but still owns approximately 
2.5 million shares as of December 31, 2010. 

Revenue 

Our travel and per diem nurse staffing revenue is received primarily from acute care hospitals. Revenue from allied staffing 
services is received from numerous sources, including providers of radiation, rehabilitation and respiratory services at 
hospitals, nursing homes, physician practice groups, sports medicine clinics and schools. Our physician staffing services 
revenue is primarily received from hospitals and group practices. Our clinical trial services revenue is received primarily 
from companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries, as well as from contract research 
organizations and acute care hospitals conducting clinical research trials. Revenue from our retained search and our education 
and training services is received from numerous sources, including hospitals, physician group practices, insurance companies 
and individual healthcare professionals. Our fees are paid directly by our clients and, in certain cases, by vendor managers. 
As a result, we have no direct exposure to Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements. 

40 

 
Revenue is recognized when services are rendered. Accordingly, accounts receivable includes an accrual for employees’ and 
independent contractors’ estimated time worked but not yet invoiced. Similarly, accrued compensation includes an accrual 
for employees’ and independent contractors’ time worked but not yet paid. Each of our field employees and independent 
contractors on travel assignment works for us under a contract. The contract period is typically 13 weeks for our nurse and 
allied staffing employees with a shorter duration for physician independent contractors and a longer term for our clinical trial 
staffing employees. Our staffing employees are hourly employees whose contract specifies the hourly rate they will be paid, 
and any other benefits they are entitled to receive during the contract period. We typically bill clients at an hourly rate and 
assume all employer costs for our staffing employees, including payroll, withholding taxes, benefits, professional liability 
insurance and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, as well as any travel and housing 
arrangements. Management fees are included in some of our clinical research contracts that cover the life of a project. These 
fees are recognized on a straight-line basis for the specific length of the project. 

We have also entered into certain contracts with acute care facilities to provide comprehensive vendor management services. 
Under these contract arrangements, we use our nurses primarily, along with those of third party subcontractors, to fulfill 
customer orders. If a subcontractor is used, revenue is recorded at the time of billing, net of any related subcontractor 
liability. The resulting net revenue represents the administrative fee charged by us for our vendor management services. 

Acquisitions 

MDA Holdings, Inc. 

In September 2008, we consummated the acquisition of MDA. We paid $115.9 million in cash at closing, which included 
$3.6 million as an estimated net working capital adjustment which was subject to final adjustments. Of the cash paid at 
closing, approximately $8.7 million was held in escrow to cover any post-closing liabilities (Indemnification Escrow) and 
$0.3 million was held in escrow to cover any net working capital adjustments (Net Working Capital Escrow). During the 
fourth quarter of 2008, approximately $1.6 million of the Indemnification Escrow was released to us and recorded to 
goodwill as a reduction in purchase price. Also during the fourth quarter of 2008, we finalized the net working capital 
adjustment and calculated an additional payment to the sellers of approximately $0.1 million which was paid and included in 
goodwill as additional purchase price. In connection with this net working capital adjustment, the entire Net Working Capital 
Escrow of $0.3 million was also released to the sellers. Additionally, a post-closing adjustment to the purchase price of 
approximately $0.3 million was paid to the sellers in the fourth quarter of 2008 and is included in goodwill as additional 
purchase price. 

The transaction also includes an earnout provision based on 2008 and 2009 performance criteria. This contingent 
consideration is not related to the sellers’ employment. In the second quarter of 2009, we paid $6.7 million, related to 2008 
performance. In the second quarter of 2010, we paid $12.8 million related to the 2009 performance, satisfying all earnout 
amounts potentially due to the seller in accordance with the asset purchase agreement. Earnout payments were allocated to 
goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the Business Combinations Topic of the Financial Standards 
Accounting Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). During 2010, $3.5 million was released to the seller 
from the indemnification escrow account leaving a balance of approximately $3.6 million at December 31, 2010. 

Our senior secured revolving credit facility entered into on November 10, 2005 was amended and restated as of September 9, 
2008 (Credit Agreement) in connection with the acquisition of MDA. The Credit Agreement kept in place an existing 
$75.0 million revolving loan facility and provided for a 5 year $125.0 million term loan facility with Wells Fargo Securities, 
LLC and certain of its affiliates, Banc of America Securities LLC and certain other lenders. The proceeds from the term loan 
were used to fund the acquisition, pay financing related fees, and pay certain acquisition expenses. The remainder of the 
proceeds was used to reduce our borrowings under our revolving loan facility. See the consolidated financial statements 
Note 7 - Long-term Debt, for more information about the term loan and amended Credit Agreement. 

Additionally, MDA currently is the largest multi-specialty medical staffing company that has procured an occurrence-based 
professional liability policy that provides coverage. This is an important competitive advantage for MDA in the recruitment 
of physicians.  

Headquartered in Norcross, Georgia, MDA provides multi-specialty locum tenens (temporary physician staffing) and allied 
staffing services to the healthcare industry in all 50 states. MDA is a leading provider of locum tenens staffing solutions. 
MDA is one of only three locum tenens companies with an in-house Credentials Verification Organization certified by the 
NCQA (National Committee for Quality Assurance), which verifies critical credentials prior to a physician’s assignment. 
This process uses an extensive proprietary database and interfaces with MDA’s professional liability carrier to obtain 
approvals of providers. It takes risk management decisions out of the sales process by verifying credentials of providers and 
approving specific assignments. MDA offers its physicians occurrence-based malpractice coverage, in all 50 states from a 

41 

 
national insurance company, which is AA+-rated by Standard & Poor’s. .The occurrence-based policy is of particular 
importance to physicians as it covers incidents occurring during the policy period regardless of when they are reported. The 
more common claims-made policy only covers physicians for claims ”reported” during the policy period, which may leave a 
physician without coverage if the claim is not timely reported or if they fail to secure “tail” coverage. Quality medical 
malpractice liability insurance coverage is a critical component of the MDA business model. Clients usually require MDA to 
refer physicians with medical professional liability coverage, and physicians are attracted to MDA because it offers this 
malpractice coverage. The acquisition of MDA solidified our position as a leading national provider of healthcare staffing 
solutions. We expect to benefit from a more diversified revenue stream as physicians are viewed as revenue generators by its 
hospital clients, as compared to nurses, who represent a cost center. We are also able to offer a more comprehensive suite of 
services to our healthcare clients and recognize there may be some potential synergies with our physician search business. 

The acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC, using the 
purchase method. The results of MDA’s operations have been included in the consolidated statements of operations since 
September 1, 2008, the agreed-upon accounting date of the acquisition. MDA’s allied staffing services have been included in 
our nurse and allied staffing business segment. MDA’s physician staffing services have been reported as a new business 
segment, physician staffing, in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB ASC. 

Assent Consulting 

In July 2007, we completed an acquisition of the shares of privately-held Assent Consulting (Assent). This transaction 
included an earnout provision based on 2007 and 2008 performance criteria. This contingent consideration was not related to 
the sellers’ employment. In the second quarter of 2008, we paid $4.6 million related to 2007 performance satisfying all 
earnout amounts potentially due to the seller in accordance with the asset purchase agreement. Of this payment, $2.0 million 
was being held in escrow, subject to forfeiture to us, to the extent a 2008 performance milestone was not achieved. However, 
based on 2008 performance the full amount was released in the first quarter of 2009. The entire payment was allocated to 
goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. In addition, in 
the first quarter of 2009, the escrow of $1.0 million was released to the sellers. Assent provides staffing services primarily 
consisting of highly qualified clinical research, biostatistics and drug safety professionals to companies in the pharmaceutical 
and biotechnology industries.  

AKOS Limited 

In June 2007, we acquired all of the shares of privately-held AKOS Limited (AKOS), based in the United Kingdom. The 
transaction included an earnout provision based on 2007 and 2008 performance, as defined by the share purchase agreement.  
In the first quarter of 2008, we paid £1.1 million (approximately $2.1 million) related to 2007 performance. In the first 
quarter of 2009, we paid £0.5 million (approximately $0.8 million) related to 2008 performance. The payments have been 
allocated, in U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at the time of the payment, to goodwill as additional purchase price. During 
the fourth quarter of 2008, all of the funds held in escrow were released to the sellers. AKOS is a provider of drug safety, 
regulatory and clinical trial services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in Europe, the United States, Canada 
and Asia.  

42 

 
The following table provides certain information relating to our acquisitions to date: 

Acquired Business 

MDA Holdings, Inc. 

Acquisition 
Date 

Primary Services 

Purchase 
Price (a) 

Potential 
Earnout  

Earnout 
Earned 

  September 2008   Temporary physician staffing and 

$114.7 million  

  No dollar amount 

$19.6 million 

Assent Consulting 

  July 2007 

AKOS Limited 

  June 2007 

Metropolitan Research 

  August 2006 

Med-Staff 

   June 2003 

allied staffing services 

  Clinical trial staffing of clinical 
research, biostatistics and drug 
safety professionals 

  Clinical trial staffing, drug safety 
and regulatory services providing 
services to the U.S., Europe, 
Canada, and Asia 

  Clinical trial staffing, drug safety 
monitoring and contract research 
services 

   Healthcare staffing – travel, per 
diem nurse, and military nurse 
staffing 

$19.1 million 

$4.9 million 

$4.6 million 

specified  

$9.2 million 
(£4.6 million) 

  £3.2 million based 
on 2007 and 2008

$2.9 million 

(£1.6 million) 

$19.1 million 

  $6.4 million based 
on 2006 and 2007

  $6.4 million based 
on 2006 and 2007

$102.2 million 

$37.5 million  
for full year 2003 

— 

Jennings Ryan & Kolb, Inc.  
(Sold in 2004) 

   March 2002 

   Healthcare management consulting 

$2.1 million 

services 

NovaPro 

   January 2002 

   Nurse staffing 

Gill/Balsano Consulting, LLC 
(Sold in 2004) 

   May 2001 

   Healthcare management consulting 

services 

ClinForce, Inc. 

   March 2001 

   Clinical trial staffing 

Heritage Professional Education, LLC    December 2000     Continuing education for 
healthcare professionals 

$7.6 million 

$1.8 million 

$32.8 million 

$6.6 million 

E-Staff 
(Discontinued in 2002) 

   July 2000 

   Internet subscription based 

$1.5 million 

communication, scheduling, 
credentialing and training services 

$1.8 million 
over 34 months 

— 

$2.0 million 
over 3 years 

— 

$6.5 million 
over 3 years  

$3.8 million 
over 3 years 

$1.8 million 

— 

$2.0 million 

— 

$3.5 million 

$0.5 million 

TravCorps Corporation 

   December 1999     Healthcare staffing – nurse and 

$77.1 million 

— 

— 

allied professionals, retained search

——————— 
(a)  Acquisition purchase price includes cash paid, the assumption of debt and post-closing adjustments. The TravCorps 
acquisition price represents the approximate value of our common stock that was exchanged for all the outstanding 
shares of TravCorps – $32.1 million, plus the assumption of $45.0 million of debt. 

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and other intangible assets represented 89.5% of our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2010. Goodwill and 
other identifiable intangible assets were $143.3 million and $76.7 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization, at 
December 31, 2010. In accordance with the Intangibles-Goodwill and Other Topic of the FASB ASC, goodwill and certain 
other identifiable intangible assets are not subject to amortization; instead, we review impairment annually. Other identifiable 
intangible assets, which are subject to amortization, are being amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated 
useful lives ranging from 4.5 to 15 years.  

The Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Asset subsection of the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the FASB ASC, 
requires us to test the recoverability of long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets with definite lives, whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In testing for potential 
impairment, if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the expected undiscounted cash flows, we must then determine 
the amount by which the fair value of those assets exceeds the carrying value and determine the amount of impairment, if 
any.  

See Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates and our consolidated financial statements Note 3 – Goodwill and Other 
Identifiable Intangible Assets, for a detailed description of the results of our impairment reviews in the fourth quarters of 
2010, 2009 and 2008 that resulted in total impairment charges of $10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, 
$1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, and $244.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2008.  

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Results of Operations 

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected consolidated statements of operations data expressed as 
a percentage of revenue. Our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. 

Year Ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Revenue from services ............................................................................................................ 
Direct operating expenses ....................................................................................................... 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  ......................................................................... 
Bad debt expense  .................................................................................................................... 
Depreciation and amortization ................................................................................................ 
Impairment and legal settlement charges ................................................................................ 
Income (loss) from operations  ................................................................................................ 
Interest expense, net ................................................................................................................ 
(Loss) income before income taxes  ........................................................................................ 
Income tax (benefit) expense  .................................................................................................. 
Net (loss) income .................................................................................................................... 

100.0% 
71.8 
23.2 
0.1 
2.5 
2.3 
0.1 
0.9 
(0.8) 
(0.2) 
(0.6)% 

100.0%  100.0%
73.5 
20.9 
— 
2.2 
0.3 
3.1 
1.1 
2.0 
0.8 
1.2% 

74.6 
17.8 
0.1 
1.5 
33.2 
(27.2) 
0.6 
(27.8) 
(8.3) 
(19.5)%

Segment Information 

Our nurse and allied staffing business segment primarily provides travel nurse and allied staffing services and per diem nurse 
services to acute care hospitals. Nurse and allied staffing services are marketed to public and private healthcare facilities and 
for-profit and not-for-profit facilities throughout the U.S.  

In the third quarter of 2008, we added the physician staffing business segment as a result of our acquisition of MDA (See 
Note 4 - Acquisitions in the notes to consolidated financial statements). MDA provides multi-specialty locum tenens and 
allied staffing services to the healthcare industry in all 50 states. MDA’s locum tenens business comprises the physician 
staffing business segment while MDA’s allied staffing services have been aggregated with our nurse and allied staffing 
business segment. 

Our clinical trial services business segment provides clinical trial, drug safety and regulatory professionals on a contract 
staffing and outsourced basis to companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries, as well as to 
CROs and acute care hospitals conducting clinical research trials in the United States, Canada and Europe.  

Our other human capital management services business segment includes the combined results of our Company’s education 
and training and retained search businesses. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information on operating segments and reconciliation to income (loss) from operations for the periods indicated are as 
follows: 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Revenue from unaffiliated customers: 

Nurse and allied staffing  ..............................................................................   $
Physician staffing .........................................................................................  
Clinical trial services ....................................................................................  
Other human capital management services ..................................................  

  $

Contribution income (a): 

Nurse and allied staffing  ..............................................................................   $
Physician staffing .........................................................................................  
Clinical trial services ....................................................................................  
Other human capital management services ..................................................  

Year ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

242,160
121,599
61,957
42,846
468,562

22,888
13,052
6,391
3,768
46,099

$

$

$

313,038
151,853
71,678
41,668
578,237

30,641
15,165
7,029
2,973
55,808

$

$

$

525,772
56,558
99,129
52,788
734,247

53,822
5,711
15,301
7,444
82,278

Unallocated corporate overhead  .......................................................................  
Depreciation ......................................................................................................  
Amortization  .....................................................................................................  
Impairment charges  ..........................................................................................  
Legal settlement charge  ....................................................................................  
Income (loss) from operations  ..........................................................................   $
——————— 
(a)  We define contribution income as income (loss) from operations before depreciation, amortization, impairment 

23,245
8,773
4,018
1,726
345
17,701

23,065
8,043
3,851
10,764
––
376

27,457
7,637
3,166
244,094
––
$ (200,076)

$

charges, and other corporate expenses not specifically identified to a reporting segment. Contribution income is a 
measure used by management to assess operations and is provided in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of 
the FASB ASC. 

Comparison of Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Revenue from services 

Revenue from services decreased $109.7 million, or 19.0%, to $468.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as 
compared to $578.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower revenue from our nurse 
and allied staffing, physician staffing and clinical trial services business segments, partially offset by an increase in revenue 
from our other human capital management services business segment. The decreases in revenue reflect the challenging 
operating environment that all of our business segments have experienced resulting from a decrease in demand from our 
customers.  

Nurse and allied staffing  

Revenue from our nurse and allied staffing business segment decreased $70.9 million, or 22.6%, to $242.2 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2010, from $313.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to lower volume, 
but also due to lower average bill rates. The lower staffing volume in 2010 reflects the continued impact of a weak national 
labor market since the fall of 2008. 

The average number of nurse and allied staffing FTEs on contract during the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased 
20.1% from the year ended December 31, 2009. Average nurse and allied staffing revenue per FTE decreased approximately 
3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.  

Physician staffing 

Revenue from our physician staffing business decreased $30.3 million, or 19.9% to $121.6 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2010, compared to $151.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The revenue decline reflects 
decreased demand for our temporary physician staffing services, in a number of specialties, particularly our anesthesiology 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
specialty. Physician staffing days filled decreased 17.7% to 78,346 in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 
95,253 in the year ended December 31, 2009. Revenue per day filled for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1,552, a 
2.6% decrease from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting an unfavorable change in the mix of specialties.  

Clinical trial services 

Revenue from clinical trial services decreased $9.7 million, or 13.6%, to $62.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, 
from $71.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. This decline was primarily due to several clinical research projects 
that ended in the third quarter of 2009, a decrease in revenue from a specific drug safety contract and a decrease in contract 
staffing volume. 

Other human capital management services 

Revenue from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased $1.2 million, or 
2.8%, to $42.8 million from $41.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, entirely due to an increase in revenue from 
our education and training business, primarily as a result of higher average seminar attendance. Revenue from our retained 
search business was down slightly compared to the prior year. 

Direct operating expenses  

Direct operating expenses are comprised primarily of field employee and independent contractor compensation expenses, 
housing expenses, travel expenses and field insurance expenses. Direct operating expenses decreased $88.7 million, or 
20.9%, to $336.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $425.0 million for year ended December 31, 
2009.  

As a percentage of total revenue, direct operating expenses represented 71.8% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 
2010, and 73.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily due to a change in the mix of our business 
segments, a widening of our bill-pay spread and lower housing costs in our travel staffing operations, and lower professional 
liability expenses as a percentage of revenue in our physician staffing business. Lower professional liability expenses in our 
physician staffing business segment reflected better than expected loss development, and to a lesser extent a change in the 
mix of business to lower risk specialties.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $11.7 million, or 9.7%, to $109.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2010, as compared to $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in selling, general 
and administrative expenses were primarily due to our efforts to reduce overhead expenses.  

Included in selling, general and administrative expenses is unallocated corporate overhead of $23.1 million for year ended 
December 31, 2010, compared to $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Included in unallocated corporate 
overhead are $2.7 million and $2.0 million of share-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 
and 2009, respectively. As a percentage of consolidated revenue, unallocated corporate overhead was 4.9% for the year ended 
December 31, 2010, and 4.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

As a percentage of total revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were 23.2% and 20.9%, respectively, for the 
year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This increase is primarily due to negative operating leverage and a 
change in mix of our business segments. 

Bad debt expense  

Bad debt expense as a percentage of total revenue was 0.1%, or $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. No bad 
debt expense was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to improved collections. The Company’s 
calculation and methodology remain consistent. 

Contribution income  

Contribution income from our nurse and allied staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased 
$7.8 million or 25.3%, to $22.9 million from $30.6 million in year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of nurse and 
allied staffing revenue, segment contribution income was 9.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010, and 9.8% for the year 
ended December 31, 2009. This decrease is primarily due to negative operating leverage and higher field insurance expenses 
as a percentage of revenue, partially offset by a widening of our bill-pay spread and a decline in housing costs. 

46 

 
Contribution income from our physician staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased $2.0 million or 
13.9% to $13.1 million compared to $15.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of physician 
staffing revenue, contribution income was 10.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 10.0% for the year ended 
December 31, 2009. The improvement in contribution income as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to lower 
professional liability expense in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, 
reflecting better than expected loss development as well as a change in mix to lower risk specialties. 

Contribution income from clinical trial services for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased $0.6 million, or 9.1%, to 
$6.4 million, compared to $7.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of clinical trial services 
revenue, segment contribution income was 10.3% in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 9.8% in the year ended 
December 31, 2009, primarily due to efforts to reduce overhead expenses.  

Contribution income from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased by 
$0.8 million, or 26.7%, to $3.8 million, from $3.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 due to increases in 
contribution income from both the education and training and retained search businesses. Contribution income as 
a percentage of other human capital management services revenue was 8.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 7.1% 
for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily reflecting improved leverage in our education and training business and 
lower selling, general and administrative expenses in our retained search businesses. 

Depreciation and amortization expense  

Depreciation and amortization expense in the year ended December 31, 2010, totaled $11.9 million as compared to 
$12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization expense was 
2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  

Impairment charges 

Impairment charges of $10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted from the impact lower locum tenens 
usage has had on our long term revenue forecast. Thus, our calculation of estimated fair value using the projected revenue 
stream indicated the carrying amount of the trademarks acquired with the MDA acquisition in September 2008 may not be 
fully recoverable. Based on these circumstances, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge, of which $10.0 million 
related to our physician staffing segment and $0.7 million related to our nurse and allied staffing segment. Impairment 
charges of $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted from the consolidation of our non-staffing brands 
within our clinical trial services business segment to gain operating efficiencies. As a result of this consolidation, we 
determined that one of the trademarks and database will no longer be used and, accordingly, we recorded a $1.7 million non-
cash impairment charge. See Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates and our consolidated financial statements Note 3 
– Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets, for more information.  

Interest expense, net  

Interest expense, net, totaled $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $6.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2009. Lower interest expense was due to lower average borrowings in the year ended December 31, 2010, 
partially offset by a higher effective interest rate on our borrowings.  Higher borrowings in the year ended December 31, 
2009, were primarily due to the financing of the MDA acquisition. The effective interest rate on our borrowings for the year 
ended December 31, 2010, was 5.0% compared to a rate of 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest expense in 
the year ended December 31, 2009 included an estimate of $0.2 million ineffectiveness on our interest rate swaps caused by 
significant prepayments on our term loan borrowings. The estimate was trued up in the year ended December 31, 2010, 
coinciding with the interest rate swap payments. See Note 8- Interest Rate Swap Agreements in our notes to the consolidated 
financial statements for further information about our interest rate swap agreements which expired in the fourth quarter 
of 2010. 

Income tax (benefit) expense  

Income tax benefit totaled $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to income tax expense of 
$5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rate was 26.4% in the year ended December 31, 2010, 
compared to 42.6% in the year ended December 31, 2009. The lower effective tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2010 
resulted from the impact of the deferred tax benefit on impairment charges of $10.8 million. Excluding the impairment 
charges and related deferred tax benefit, the adjusted effective tax rate would have been 45.3%. The 2009 effective tax rate 
excluding the 2009 impairment & legal settlement charges would have been 42.0%. This increase in the effective rate was 
due to the relatively greater impact of the non-deductibility of certain per diem payments on 2010 pretax income excluding 
impairment charges compared to its impact on 2009 pretax income excluding impairment charges and legal settlement 
charges. 

47 

 
Comparison of Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Revenue from services 

Revenue from services decreased $156.0 million, or 21.2%, to $578.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as 
compared to $734.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to lower revenue from 
our nurse and allied staffing business segment as well as decreases in our clinical trial services and other human capital 
management services business segments, partially offset by the added revenue of MDA. Excluding the impact of the MDA 
acquisition, consolidated revenue from services decreased $254.4 million or 37.7%, reflecting a challenging operating 
environment for all of our business segments.  

Nurse and allied staffing  

Revenue from our nurse and allied staffing business segment decreased $212.7 million, or 40.5%, to $313.0 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, from $525.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to lower volume. 
The decline in staffing volume reflects a weakening national labor market on the demand for our services, as well as the 
impact of the liquidity crisis on our hospital customers’ cost of capital. 

The average number of nurse and allied staffing FTEs on contract during the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased 
38.7% from the year ended December 31, 2008. Average nurse and allied staffing revenue per FTE decreased approximately 
2.9% in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to a higher mix of 
per diem staffing operations, which tend to have lower average bill rates than travel staffing and a shift in mix toward lower 
skilled professionals within our per diem staffing operations. The average bill rate in our travel staffing operations 
increased 0.1%. 

Physician staffing 

Revenue from our physician staffing business was $151.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 
$56.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. We established the physician staffing business in September 2008 with 
our acquisition of MDA. Accordingly, results for the year ended December 31, 2008, include the physician staffing business 
from its effective date of acquisition.  

Clinical trial services 

Revenue from clinical trial services decreased $27.5 million, or 27.7%, to $71.7 million in the year ended December 31, 
2009, from $99.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. This decline was primarily due to a decrease in contract 
staffing volume, several clinical research projects that ended in the third quarter of 2009, a decrease in revenue from a 
specific drug safety contract, lower direct placement revenue and a decrease in revenue from regulatory contracts. In 
addition, a $1.1 million decrease is attributable to foreign currency translation related to our foreign operations. 

Other human capital management services 

Revenue from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased $11.1 million, or 
21.1%, to $41.7 million from $52.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting a decrease in revenue related to 
the number of retained searches we performed and lower average seminar attendance. 

Direct operating expenses  

Direct operating expenses are comprised primarily of field employee and independent contractor compensation expenses, 
housing expenses, travel expenses and field insurance expenses. Direct operating expenses decreased $122.8 million, or 
22.4%, to $425.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $547.8 million for year ended December 31, 
2008.  

As a percentage of total revenue, direct operating expenses represented 73.5% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 
2009, and 74.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease is primarily due to a change in the mix of our business 
segments along with a widening of our bill-pay spread in our travel staffing operations and lower housing costs, partially 
offset by an increase in workers’ compensation expense as a percentage of revenue.  

48 

 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $10.0 million, or 7.7%, to $120.7 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2009, as compared to $130.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in selling, general 
and administrative expenses was due to lower selling, general and administrative expenses in our organic business segments 
and lower unallocated corporate overhead, partially offset by the additional expenses from the MDA acquisition.  

Included in selling, general and administrative expenses is unallocated corporate overhead of $23.2 million for year ended 
December 31, 2009, compared to $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Included in unallocated corporate 
overhead are $2.0 million and $1.2 million of share-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 
and 2008, respectively. As a percentage of consolidated revenue, unallocated corporate overhead was 4.0% for the year ended 
December 31, 2009, and 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

As a percentage of total revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were 20.9% and 17.8%, respectively, for the 
year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This increase is primarily due to negative operating leverage and a 
change in mix of our business segments. 

Bad debt expense  

Bad debt expense was not incurred for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to improved collections. Bad debt expense as 
a percentage of total revenue was 0.1%, or $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company’s calculation 
and methodology remain consistent. 

Contribution income  

Contribution income from our nurse and allied staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased 
$23.2 million or 43.1%, to $30.6 million from $53.8 million in year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of nurse and 
allied staffing revenue, segment contribution income was 9.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009, and 10.2% for the 
year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease is primarily due to negative operating leverage, partially offset by a widening 
of our bill-pay spread and a moderation in housing costs. 

Contribution income from our physician staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $15.2 million 
compared to $5.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company established the physician staffing business in 
September 2008 with its acquisition of MDA. Accordingly, results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include the 
physician staffing business since its effective date of acquisition. As a percentage of physician staffing revenue, contribution 
income was 10.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 10.1% for year ended December 31, 2008.  

Contribution income from clinical trial services for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased $8.3 million, or 54.1%, to 
$7.0 million, compared to $15.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of clinical trial services 
revenue, segment contribution income was 9.8% in the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 15.4% in the year ended 
December 31, 2008, primarily due to negative operating leverage.  

Contribution income from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased by 
$4.5 million, or 60.1%, to $3.0 million, from $7.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 due to lower contribution 
income from both the retained search and education and training businesses. Contribution income as a percentage of other 
human capital management services revenue was 7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 14.1% for the year ended 
December 31, 2008, primarily reflecting the lower number of searches in our retained search business. Our retained search 
business has the highest fixed cost structure of all of our businesses. Due to this high fixed cost structure, when revenue 
declines the business suffers a disproportionate decline in contribution margin. Conversely, when revenue increases, it should 
produce a disproportionately strong margin improvement. 

Depreciation and amortization expense  

Depreciation and amortization expense in the year ended December 31, 2009, totaled $12.8 million as compared to 
$10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization expense was 
2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase is primarily due 
to higher amortization expense related to intangible assets recorded for the MDA acquisition, additional depreciation expense 
on fixed assets of MDA and decreased revenue from services.  

49 

 
Impairment charges 

Impairment charges of $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted from the consolidation of our non-staffing 
brands within our clinical trial services business segment to gain operating efficiencies. As a result of this consolidation, we 
determined that one of the trademarks and database will no longer be used and, accordingly, we recorded a $1.7 million non-
cash impairment charge. Impairment charges of $244.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, represent impairment 
of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets pursuant to the impairment analysis of the Intangibles-Goodwill and 
Other Topic of the FASB ASC and the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Asset subsection of the Property, Plant and 
Equipment Topic of the FASB ASC. The non-cash impairment charges in 2008 relate almost entirely to a goodwill 
impairment charge in the nurse and allied staffing business segment resulting from our annual impairment testing. The 
goodwill impairment charge results from a combination of depressed equity market values and lower projected near-term 
growth rates for the nurse and allied staffing business arising from the significant down-turn in the U.S. economy and adverse 
labor and financial markets that deteriorated sharply during the fourth quarter of 2008. The majority of the goodwill 
impairment is attributable to the Company’s initial capitalization in 1999, which was accounted for as an asset purchase, and 
the remainder to subsequent nurse staffing acquisitions made through 2003. See Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates 
and our consolidated financial statements Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets, for more information.  

Legal settlement charges 

Legal settlement charge in the year ended December 31, 2009, represents an accrual for an agreement in principle to settle the 
Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc. class action lawsuit. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company 
accrued a pre-tax charge of $0.3 million ($0.2 million after taxes) related to this lawsuit. See Item 3. Legal Proceedings for 
additional information.  

Interest expense, net  

Interest expense, net, totaled $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $4.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2008. Interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2009 included an estimate of $0.2 million 
ineffectiveness on our interest rate swaps caused by significant prepayments on our term loan borrowings. The remaining 
increase was due to higher average borrowings in the year ended December 31, 2009, partially offset by a lower effective 
interest rate. Higher borrowings in the year ended December 31, 2009, were primarily due to the financing of the MDA 
acquisition. The effective interest rate on our borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2009, was 4.6% compared to a 
rate of 5.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  

Other income 

Other income in the year ended December 31, 2009 represents a gain on the sale of marketable securities classified as 
available for sale. 

Income tax expense (benefit)  

Income tax expense totaled $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a benefit of $61.2 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2008. The effective tax rate was 42.6% in the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 
30.0% in the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the impact of the 2008 goodwill impairment charge. A portion 
of the impaired goodwill related to the TravCorps acquisition was not deductible for tax purposes. Excluding the tax impact 
related to the impairment charges, the effective tax rate was 39.8% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The tax rate in the 
year ended December 31, 2009 was higher than the adjusted 2008 rate due to the introduction of per diem allowances for our 
travel nurse and allied staffing field personnel in the third quarter of 2008 and the impact of certain discrete items including a 
true-up of the estimated tax liability for 2008.  

Transactions with Related Parties  

We provide services to hospitals which are affiliated with certain Board of Director members. Revenue related to these 
transactions amounted to approximately $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $3.0 million in aggregate for the years ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Accounts receivable due from these hospitals at December 31, 2010 and 
2009 were approximately $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Pricing for our services is consistent with our other 
hospital customers. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we entered into an exclusive vendor management arrangement 
with one of the hospital systems. 

50 

 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

As of December 31, 2010, we had a current ratio, defined as the amount of current assets divided by current liabilities, of 2.8 
to 1. Working capital decreased by $3.7 million to $67.5 million as of December 31, 2010, compared to $71.2 million as of 
December 31, 2009. Days’ sales outstanding were 52 days at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and 53 days at December 31, 
2008, respectively, and were consistent with historical ranges. 

Our operating cash flows constitute our primary source of liquidity, and historically, have been sufficient to fund our working 
capital, capital expenditures, internal business expansion and debt service including our commitments as described in the 
Commitments table which follows. We believe that our capital resources are sufficient to meet our working capital needs for 
the next twelve months. We expect to meet our future needs for working capital, capital expenditures, internal business 
expansion and debt service from a combination of operating cash flows and funds available through the revolving loan 
portion of our current credit agreement. We continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that may require additional 
funding. In addition to those amounts available under our existing credit agreement, we may incur up to an additional 
$45.0 million in Indebtedness (as defined by the Credit Agreement).  

Stock Repurchase Programs 

In May 2006, and then again in February 2008, our Board of Directors authorized stock repurchase programs whereby we 
may purchase up to 1.5 million shares of our common stock under each authorization, subject to the terms of our credit 
agreement. The shares may be repurchased from time-to-time in the open market and the repurchase program may be 
discontinued at any time at our discretion.  

During year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we did not repurchase shares. During the year ended December 31, 2008, 
we repurchased, under the May 2006 and February 2008 programs, a total of 924,235 shares at an average price of $11.66. 
The cost of such purchases was approximately $10.8 million. All of the common stock was retired.  

At December 31, 2010, we had 1,441,139 shares of common stock left remaining to repurchase under our February 2008 
authorization subject to the limitations of our credit agreement. See Credit Agreement section below and consolidated 
financial statements Note 7- Long-term Debt.  

Credit Agreement 

On May 28, 2010, we entered into a first amendment to our Credit Agreement with the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association) as Administrative Agent. The 
Credit Agreement amendment, among other things, extends the maturity date of the revolving credit facility from 
November 2010 to September 2013 to be coterminous with the term loan facility, and reduces our existing revolving credit 
facility to $50.0 million from $75.0 million, and our sublimit for letters of credit to $20.0 million from $35.0 million. Our 
sublimit for the issuance of Swingline Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) remained at $10.0 million. The revolving 
loan facility and term loan bear interest at a rate of, at our option, either: (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a 
leverage-based margin or (ii) Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a leverage-based margin. We paid 
$1.5 million of financing fees related to this amendment, that have been capitalized as debt issuance costs on the consolidated 
balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. Debt issuance costs related to this amendment are being amortized on a straight-line 
basis over the remaining term of the Credit Agreement. In addition, we wrote off an immaterial amount of debt issuance costs 
related to the reduction of the size of the revolving credit facility.  

As of December 31, 2010, interest on our revolving credit facility was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% or Base Rate 
(as defined by the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 2.50%. The interest rate spreads on our term loans as of December 31, 
2010 were based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% or Base Rate plus a margin of 1.00%. The Company is required to pay a 
quarterly commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving loan facility, which, as of December 31, 2010 
was 0.625%. 

The revolving loan facility is being used for general corporate purposes including working capital, capital expenditures and 
permitted acquisitions and investments, as well as to pay fees and expenses related to the credit facility. Swingline Loans and 
letters of credit issued under this facility reduce the revolving loan facility on a dollar for dollar basis. As of December 31, 
2010, we did not have any borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility, but had $12.7 million of standby letters 
of credit outstanding under this facility, leaving $37.3 million available for borrowing under our revolving loan facility. 

51 

 
The Credit Agreement includes customary covenants and events of default. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance 
with the financial covenants and other covenants contained in the Credit Agreement. Specifically, the table below 
summarizes what we believe are the key financial covenants, as defined by the Credit Agreement, and our corresponding 
actual performance as of December 31, 2010.  

Maximum Permitted Leverage Ratio (a)  .......................................................................  
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (b)  .................................................................  
Maximum Capital Expenditures for 2010 (c)  ................................................................  
——————— 
(a)  The Company’s Leverage Ratio must not be greater than 2.50 to 1.00 for the duration of the Credit Agreement ending 

Requirement 
2.50 to 1.00 
1.75 to 1.00 
$16.5 million   

Actual 
2.08 to 1.00 
8.08 to 1.00 
$2.4 million 

September 2013.  

(b)  The Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined by the Credit Agreement) must not be less than: 1) 1.75 to 

1.00 through December 31, 2010; 2) 1.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2011; 3) 1.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2012 and 4) 
1.15 to 1.00 thereafter. 

(c)  The Capital Expenditures limit as defined by the Credit Agreement may be increased in any fiscal year by the amount 
of Capital Expenditures that were permitted but not made in the immediately preceding fiscal year. The aggregate 
Capital Expenditures limit for the fiscal years following as defined by the Credit Agreement are: 1) $4.0 million in the 
fiscal year 2010; 2) $5.0 million in the fiscal year 2011; and 3) $7.0 million in the fiscal year 2012. The 2010 limit in 
the preceding table reflects an increase of $12.5 million representing the 2009 fiscal year excess that was permitted but 
not made. 

The terms of the Credit Agreement include customary covenants and events of default for similarly leveraged deals. The 
Credit Agreement includes a mandatory prepayment provision, which requires us to make mandatory prepayments 
subsequent to receiving net proceeds from the sale of assets, insurance recoveries, or the issuance of our debt or equity. In 
addition, when our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of a fiscal year is greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00, 
we are required to make principal prepayments of at least 50% of Excess Cash Flow, both, as defined by the agreement.  

The dividends and distribution covenant limits our ability to repurchase our common stock and declare and pay cash 
dividends on our common stock. The Credit Agreement, as amended, provides for an amount allowed for stock 
repurchases/dividends subsequent to May 28, 2010, that is the lesser of $25.0 million and 50% of cumulative Consolidated 
Net Income (as defined by the Credit Agreement) for each fiscal quarter after March 31, 2010 where financial statements 
have been delivered; provided, that our Debt/EBITDA ratio (as defined by the Credit Agreement), after giving effect to the 
transaction, is less than 1.00 to 1.00 and there is $40.0 million in cash or available cash under its revolving loan facility. 
However, if our Debt/EBITDA ratio, after giving effect to the transaction is less than 2.00 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 
1.00 to 1.00, and there are no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility (other than letters of credit), the 
allowable amount for repurchases/dividends is $2.5 million. Our requirement to obtain lender consent for acquisitions was 
also adjusted. Effective with the May 2010 amendment, we are required to obtain the consent of our lenders to complete any 
acquisition which exceeds $20.0 million or would cause us to exceed $50.0 million in aggregate cash and non-cash 
consideration for Permitted Acquisitions (as defined by the Credit Agreement) during the term of the Credit Agreement 
(excluding the MDA acquisition). The commitments under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets 
of our company. 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009  

Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $31.5 million compared to 
$72.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to lower collections of accounts 
receivable in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to declining 
revenue since December 2008.  

Investing activities used $16.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $11.7 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we used $12.8 million to pay an earnout related to the MDA 
acquisition. The earnout payment was based on MDA’s 2009 performance. We used $6.8 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2009 to pay the earnout related to MDA’s 2008 performance. In addition, in 2009, we used $0.7 million to pay 
a 2009 earnout related to our AKOS acquisition. We used $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively for capital expenditures 
during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In addition, other investing activities used $1.0 million and 
$1.7 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Other investing activities reflect our 
investments in short and long term cash investments that are highly liquid with underlying maturities greater than 90 days. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010, was $11.2 million, compared to $64.2 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2009. We repaid total debt, net of borrowings, in both years, in the amounts of 
$9.5 million and $70.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, primarily using cash flow 
from operations. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we also paid debt issuance costs of $1.5 million related to our 
credit agreement amendment previously described. We used $0.2 million and $0.1 million to repurchase shares of common 
stock to cover withholding liabilities related to the vesting of restricted stock. During the year ended December 31, 2009, 
additional cash was provided by $5.0 million of restricted cash that was released and $1.6 million of proceeds and tax 
benefits from the exercise of stock options.  

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008  

Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $72.4 million compared to 
$51.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to a decrease in accounts receivable 
resulting from decreased volume and improved collections in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by lower net income. Number of days’ sales outstanding decreased by 1 day to 
52 days at December 31, 2009, compared to 53 days at December 31, 2008. 

Investing activities used $10.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily for earnout payments of $7.5 million 
related to our MDA and AKOS acquisitions and capital expenditures of $2.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 
2008, investing activities used $129.6 million in cash, primarily for the purchase of MDA and for earnout payments related to 
the acquisitions of Metropolitan Research, Assent and AKOS. In addition, investing activities in the year ended 
December 31, 2008 used $4.7 million for capital expenditures. 

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2009, was $64.2 million, compared to net cash 
provided by financing activities of $80.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the financing of 
the MDA acquisition in 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repaid a net of $70.8 million of our total debt, 
primarily from cash flow from operations. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we borrowed $125.0 million through a 
term loan to fund the acquisition of MDA. We also repaid a net of $32.7 million of our total debt. In the year ended 
December 31, 2009, $5.0 million was provided by the release of restricted cash. In addition, proceeds and tax benefits from 
the exercise of stock options provided $1.6 million and $1.2 million in years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively. Offsetting the inflows in the year ended December 31, 2008, we used $10.8 million to repurchase and retire 
stock, and $2.6 million to pay debt issuance costs related to the financing of the MDA acquisition.  

Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

The following table reflects our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2010:  

Commitments 

Total 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

  Thereafter

(Unaudited, amounts in thousands) 

Senior secured credit facility (a)  ....  $  53,039  $
Capital lease obligations  ................ 
Operating leases obligations (b) ..... 
Purchase obligations (c) ................. 
Legal settlement (d)  ....................... 

474 
28,902 
674 
345 

7,800  $ 18,330  $ 26,909  $
143 
6,104 
132 
–– 

158 
6,516 
542 
345 

154 
5,603 
–– 
–– 

  $  83,434  $ 15,361  $ 24,709  $ 32,666  $

––  $ 
19 
3,264 
–– 
–– 
3,283  $ 

––  $
–– 
2,575 
–– 
–– 
2,575  $

––
––
4,840
––

4,840

——————— 
(a)  Under our credit facility, we are required to comply with certain financial covenants. Our inability to comply with the 
required covenants or other provisions could result in default under our credit facility. In the event of any such default 
and our inability to obtain a waiver of the default, all amounts outstanding under the credit facility could be declared 
immediately due and payable. 

(b)  Represents future minimum lease payments associated with operating lease agreements with original terms of more 

than one year. 

(c)  Other contractual obligations include contracts for information systems consulting services. 
(d)  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle a class action lawsuit, 

Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc., which settlement remains subject to court approval. In the 
fourth quarter of 2009, the Company accrued a pre-tax charge of $0.3 million ($0.2 million after taxes) related to this 
lawsuit. We expect the settlement to occur in 2011. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to the above disclosed contractual obligations, the Company has accrued uncertain tax positions, pursuant to the 
Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC of $5.1 million at December 31, 2010. Based on the uncertainties associated with the 
settlement of these items, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of potential settlements, if any, 
with the taxing authorities. 

Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates 

We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in 
the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and 
judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of 
contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis, including those related to asset impairment, 
accruals for self insurance, allowance for doubtful accounts, taxes and other contingencies and litigation. We state our 
accounting policies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the year ended 
December 31, 2010, contained herein. These estimates are based on information that is currently available to us and on 
various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from those estimates 
under different assumptions or conditions. 

We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements: 

1)  We have recorded goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions through December 31, 

2010. Upon the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, now incorporated into the 
Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC, we ceased amortizing goodwill and certain other intangible assets with 
indefinite lives. Instead, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, and 
whenever events of changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Pursuant to the 
annual testing of goodwill, in the fourth quarters of 2010, 2009 and 2008 we evaluated five reporting units: 1) nurse and 
allied staffing, 2) physician staffing, 3) clinical trial services, 4) retained search and 5) education and training. Upon 
completion of the first step in our annual impairment assessment as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we determined that 
no impairment was indicated.  

For the December 31, 2010 impairment test, we estimated the fair value of each our reporting units based on a weighting 
of both the income approach and the market approach. The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit that served as 
the primary basis for the income approach were based on discrete financial forecasts developed by management for 
planning purposes and consistent with those distributed within the Company. The forecasts imply a recovery in our 
businesses in 2011. A number of significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of the 
discounted cash flow methodology to forecasted operating cash flows, revenues, margins, discount rate, and working 
capital changes. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period of ten years were estimated using a terminal value 
calculation. A terminal value growth rate of 2.5% was used for each reporting unit. The income approach valuations 
included reporting unit cash flow discount rates, representing each reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital, 
ranging from 10.4% to 15.4%.  

The market approach applied pricing multiples derived from publicly-traded guideline companies that are comparable to 
the respective reporting unit, to determine its value. We utilized total enterprise value/revenue multiples ranging from 
0.5 to 1.4 and total enterprise value/EBITDA multiples ranging from 9.8 to 13.5. The reporting unit’s market value was 
determined assuming a 50% weighting to revenue and a 50% weighting to EBITDA for our nurse and allied, physician 
and clinical trial services reporting units; a 100% weighting to EBITDA for its education and training reporting unit; and 
a 100% weighting to revenue for its retained search reporting unit. The fair value under the market approach included a 
control premium of 35%, which is an amount we estimate a buyer would be willing to pay in excess of the current 
market price in order to acquire a controlling interest. The control premium was determined based on a review of 
comparative market transactions. Publicly available information regarding the market capitalization of the Company was 
also considered in assessing the reasonableness of the cumulative fair values of the reporting units. Upon completion of 
the December 31, 2010 assessment, we determined that the estimated fair value of all of our reporting units exceeded 
their respective carrying values as follows: nurse and allied staffing – 35%, physician staffing – 19%, clinical trial 
services – 21%, retained search – 166% and education and training – 134%. 

As a result of the review in the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded an impairment charge related to the nurse and allied 
staffing reporting unit of $241.0 million, pretax. The goodwill impairment charge resulted from a combination of 
depressed equity market values and lower projected near-term growth rates for the nurse and allied staffing business 
arising from the significant down-turn in the U.S. economy and adverse labor and financial markets that deteriorated 

54 

 
sharply during the fourth quarter of 2008. The majority of the goodwill impairment is attributable to our initial 
capitalization in 1999, which was accounted for as an asset purchase, and the remainder to subsequent nurse staffing 
acquisitions made through 2003.  

The impairment test requires us to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the reporting unit’s 
carrying amount including goodwill as step one. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we estimated the fair value of our 
reporting units, primarily using a discounted cash flow methodology. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying 
amount for a particular reporting unit, then we are required to calculate the implied fair value of all tangible and 
intangible net assets of the reporting unit (as determined in step one). In this step, we must allocate the fair value of the 
reporting unit to all of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities in a “hypothetical purchase price allocation.” This also 
requires the identification of any previously unrecognized intangible assets. The implied value of goodwill is compared 
to the carrying amount to determine the amount of any impairment charge.  

In addition, the Property, Plant and Equipment/Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Topic of the FASB ASC, 
requires us to test the recoverability of long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets with definite lives, 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In testing for 
potential impairment, if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the expected undiscounted cash flows, we must 
then determine the amount by which the fair value of those assets exceeds the carrying value and determine the amount 
of impairment, if any. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we conducted an assessment of the trademarks related to our MDA 
acquisition due to the recent reduction in locum tenens usage and the overall physician staffing needs of our customers. 
Based on the impact these recent trends have had on the long term revenue forecast, our calculation of estimated fair 
value using the projected revenue stream indicated the carrying amount of the trademark may not be fully recoverable.  
Based on these circumstances, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of approximately $10.8 million of 
which $10.0 million related to the physician staffing segment and $0.7 million related to the nurse and allied staffing 
segment. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we conducted an assessment of a particular trademark and database in our clinical 
trial services segment due to a change in marketing strategy for the business that indicated the carrying amount of the 
trademark and database may not be recoverable. We streamlined our non-staffing operations within the clinical trial 
services segment to gain efficiencies. Based on these circumstances, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge 
which represented the entire carrying value of this trademark and database of approximately $1.7 million. These charges 
are included in impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 
and 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we concluded that the carrying value of a particular customer 
relationship in the clinical trial services business segment was higher than its respective estimated fair value and 
recorded a $3.1 million impairment charge, pretax. 

The calculation of fair value used in these impairment assessments included a number of estimates and assumptions that 
required significant judgments, including projections of future income and cash flows, the identification of appropriate 
market multiples and the choice of an appropriate discount rate. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect 
the determination of fair value for each reporting unit. Specifically, further deterioration of demand for our services, 
further deterioration of labor market conditions, reduction of our stock price for an extended period, or other factors as 
described in Item 1.A. Risk Factors, may affect our determination of fair value of each reporting unit. This evaluation 
can also be triggered by various indicators of impairment which could cause the estimated discounted cash flows to be 
less than the carrying amount of net assets. If we are required to record an impairment charge in the future, it could have 
an adverse impact on our results of operations. Under the current credit agreement an impairment charge will not have 
an impact on our liquidity. As of December 31, 2010, we had total goodwill and intangible assets not subject to 
amortization of $195.4 million, net of accumulated amortization.  

2)  We maintain accruals for our health, workers’ compensation and professional liability policies that are partially self-

insured and are classified as accrued compensation and benefits on our consolidated balance sheets. We determine the 
adequacy of these accruals by periodically evaluating our historical experience and trends related to health, workers’ 
compensation and professional liability claims and payments, based on actuarial models, as well as industry experience 
and trends. If such models indicate that our accruals are overstated or understated, we will reduce or provide for 
additional accruals as appropriate. Healthcare insurance accruals have fluctuated with increases or decreases in the 
average number of temporary healthcare professionals on assignment as well as actual company experience and 
increases in national healthcare costs. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had $1.2 million and $1.5 million accrued, 
respectively, for incurred but not reported health insurance claims. Corporate and field employees are covered through a 
partially self-insured health plan. Workers’ compensation insurance accruals can fluctuate over time due to the number 
of employees and inflation, as well as additional exposures arising from the current policy year. As of December 31, 
2010, we had $3.7 million accrued for incurred but not reported workers’ compensation claims and retentions, net of 
related insurance recoveries receivable, an increase of $0.1 million over the amount accrued at December 31, 2009. The 

55 

 
accrual for workers’ compensation is based on an actuarial model which is prepared or reviewed by an independent 
actuary. As of December 31, 2010, and 2009, we had $10.5 million and $11.9 million accrued, respectively, for incurred 
but not reported professional liability claims and retentions, net of related insurance recoveries receivable. The accrual 
for professional liability is based on an actuarial model which is prepared or reviewed by an independent actuary.  

3)  We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to 
make required payments, which results in a provision for bad debt expense. We determine the adequacy of this 
allowance by continually evaluating individual customer receivables, considering the customer’s financial condition, 
credit history and current economic conditions. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting 
in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. We write off specific 
accounts based on an ongoing review of collectibility as well as our past experience with the customer. Historically, 
losses on uncollectible accounts have not exceeded our allowances. As of December 31, 2010, our allowance for 
doubtful accounts was $3.5 million. 

4)  We are subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. Some of these matters include 

professional liability and employee-related matters. Our healthcare facility clients may also become subject to claims, 
governmental inquiries and investigations and legal actions to which we may become a party relating to services 
provided by our professionals. From time to time, and depending upon the particular facts and circumstances, we may be 
subject to indemnification obligations under our contracts with our healthcare facility clients relating to these matters. 
Material pending legal proceedings brought against us, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business 
are described in Legal Proceedings.  

5)  We account for income taxes in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC. Deferred tax assets and 

liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying 
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and other loss carryforwards. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years 
in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. As of December 31, 2010, we have 
deferred tax assets related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards of $5.5 million for which we have recorded a 
valuation allowance of $2.6 million. The state carryforwards will expire between 2011 and 2030. In addition, the tax 
effect resulting from our goodwill impairment charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2008, caused the net 
deferred tax liability position to change to a net deferred tax asset position. We have determined that it is more likely 
than not that the net deferred tax asset related to the goodwill impairment charge of $83.1 million will be realized in the 
future with the exception of a specific state portion of the net deferred tax asset for which a valuation allowance of 
$0.8 million has been recorded.  

In considering whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate we consider several sources of taxable income, 
including, but not limited to the following items: 

•  The reversal of taxable temporary differences to offset deductible temporary differences in the future. 

•  Carryback potential to support the utilization of the deferred tax asset. 

•  Projections of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards. 

In our determination at December 31, 2010, we relied partially on projections of future taxable income, exclusive of 
reversing temporary differences, to reach our conclusion that no valuation allowance is necessary on the net deferred tax 
asset, except as otherwise discussed. However, if the levels of future taxable income we have projected are not achieved, 
there is a risk that the Company could not recover this entire net deferred tax asset. We will continue, in the future, to 
evaluate whether or not the net deferred tax assets will be fully realized prior to expiration. 

In calculating the provision for income taxes on an interim basis, we use an estimate of the annual effective tax rate 
based upon the facts and circumstances known at each interim period. On a quarterly basis, the actual effective tax rate is 
adjusted as appropriate based upon the actual results as compared to those forecasted at the beginning of the fiscal year. 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in 
determining our consolidated provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets and liabilities. In 
the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is 
uncertain. Accruals for unrecognized tax benefits are provided for in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the 
FASB ASC. An unrecognized tax benefit represents the difference between the recognition of benefits related to 
exposure items for income tax reporting purposes and financial reporting purposes. The current portion of the 
unrecognized tax benefit is classified as a component of the income taxes receivable account, and the non-current portion 
is included within other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2010, total 

56 

 
unrecognized tax benefits recorded was $5.1 million. We have a reserve for interest and penalties on exposure items, if 
applicable, which is recorded as a component of the overall income tax provision. We are regularly under audit by tax 
authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, we believe that we have appropriate support for the 
positions taken on our tax returns and that our annual tax provision includes amounts sufficient to pay any assessments. 
Nonetheless, the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ 
materially from the amounts accrued for each year. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In August 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (Update) No. 2010-24, Presentation of Insurance Claims 
and Related Insurance Recoveries, which clarifies that a health care entity should not net insurance recoveries against a 
related claim liability. Additionally, the amount of the claim liability should be determined without consideration of 
insurance recoveries. The amendments in the Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2010. We are currently evaluating its impact and we expect to reclassify certain amounts on 
our consolidated balance sheet beginning in the first quarter of 2011.  

Seasonality 

The number of nurse and allied professionals on assignment with us is subject to moderate seasonal fluctuations which may 
impact our quarterly revenue and earnings. Hospital patient census and staffing needs of our hospital and healthcare facilities 
fluctuate which impact our number of orders for a particular period. Many of our hospital and healthcare facility clients are 
located in areas that experience seasonal fluctuations in population during the winter and summer months. These facilities 
adjust their staffing levels to accommodate the change in this seasonal demand and many of these facilities utilize temporary 
healthcare professionals to satisfy these seasonal staffing needs. Likewise, the number of nurse and allied professionals on 
assignment may fluctuate due to the seasonal preferences for destinations of our temporary nurse and allied professionals. In 
addition, we expect our physician staffing business to experience higher demand in the summer months as physicians take 
vacations. This historical seasonality of revenue and earnings may vary due to a variety of factors and the results of any one 
quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other quarter or for any year. In addition, typically, 
our first quarter results are negatively impacted by the reset of payroll taxes. 

Inflation 

During the last several years, the rate of inflation in healthcare related services has exceeded that of the economy as a whole. 
Our direct costs are affected by fluctuations in housing costs and healthcare and workers’ compensation insurance.  During 
2010, these impacts were favorable. However, we anticipate some inflationary pressure in 2011. Depending on the demand 
environment, we may be able to recoup the negative impact of such fluctuations by increasing our billing rates. We may not 
be able to continue increasing our billing rates and increases in our direct operating costs may adversely affect us in the 
future. In addition, our clients are impacted by payments for healthcare reimbursements by federal and state governments as 
well as private insurers. 

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

We are exposed to interest rate changes, primarily as a result of our revolving loan and term loans under our Credit 
Agreement, which bears interest based on floating rates. Our term loan bears interest at a rate of, at our option, either: (i) 
LIBOR plus a leverage-based margin or (ii) Base Rate plus a leverage-based margin. Refer to Liquidity and Capital 
Resources – Credit Agreement included in Item 7. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis above for further discussion 
about our Credit Agreement and related interest rate swaps. Excluding the impact of our interest rate swap agreements, a 1% 
change in interest rates on variable rate debt would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating approximately $0.6 million 
in 2010, $0.9 million in 2009 and $0.7 million in 2008. Considering the effect of our interest rate swap agreements a 1% 
change in interest rates on our variable rate debt would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating less than $0.1 million in 
2010, $0.2 million and $0.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

We are exposed to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates impact 
translations of foreign denominated assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars and future earnings and cash flows from 
transactions denominated in different currencies. Our international operations generated less than 1% of our consolidated 
revenue during the years ending December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and were primarily from the United Kingdom. We have 
not entered into any foreign currency hedges.  

Our international operations transact business in their functional currency. As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign 
currencies against the U.S. dollar have an impact on reported results. Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Consequently, as 
the value of the U.S. dollar changes relative to the currencies of our non-U.S. markets, our reported results vary.  

57 

 
Fluctuations in exchange rates also impact the U.S. dollar amount of stockholders’ equity. The assets and liabilities of our 
non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the end of a reporting period. The 
resulting translation adjustments are recorded in stockholders’ equity, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive 
loss, included in other stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet.  

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

See Item 15 – Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules of Part IV of this Report. 

Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures. 

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of the end 
of the period covered by this Report. Based upon the evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date. Disclosure controls and procedures are 
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange 
Commission’s rules and forms. 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2010, 
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such 
term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior 
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this 
assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 was 
effective. An assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has 
been performed by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s attestation 
report is included below. 

58 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 

We have audited Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and 
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the consolidated balance sheets of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2010 of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. and our report dated March 11, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion 
thereon. 

Boca Raton, Florida 
March 11, 2011 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 
Certified Public Accountants 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.  Other Information. 

None. 

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

Information with respect to directors, executive officers and corporate governance is included in our Proxy Statement for the 
2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Proxy Statement) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the SEC and such 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation. 

Information with respect to executive compensation is included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and such 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters. 

Information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock is included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the 
SEC and such information is incorporated herein by reference.  

With respect to equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010, see table below: 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved  

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

by security holders  .....................................  

1,694,469

Equity compensation plans not  

approved by security holders ......................  

None 

Total .......................................................  

1,694,469

$12.43

N/A 

$12.43

Number of securities 
remaining available 
for future issuance 
under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
(c) 

1,730,998

N/A 

1,730,998

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is included in our Proxy 
Statement to be filed with the SEC and such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services. 

Information with respect to the fees and services of our principal accountant is included in our Proxy Statement to be filed 
with the SEC and such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

(a) Documents filed as part of the report. 

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended  

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the  

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended  

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2) Financial Statements Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended  

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

(3) Exhibits 

See Exhibit Index immediately following signatures. 

61 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 
this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 

By: /s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART 

Name: Joseph A. Boshart 
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President 
Date: March 11, 2011 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated: 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART 
Joseph A. Boshart 

President, Chief Executive Officer,  
Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

March 11, 2011 

/s/ EMIL HENSEL 
Emil Hensel 

Chief Financial Officer and Director 
(Principal Financial Officer/Principal 
Accounting Officer) 

March 11, 2011 

March 11, 2011 

March 11, 2011 

March 11, 2011 

March 11, 2011 

March 11, 2011 

/s/ THOMAS C. DIRCKS 
Thomas C. Dircks 

/s/ W. LARRY CASH 
W. Larry Cash 

/s/ C. TAYLOR COLE 
C. Taylor Cole 

/s/ GALE FITZGERALD 
Gale Fitzgerald 

/s/ JOSEPH TRUNFIO 
Joseph Trunfio 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

62 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No. 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.5 

2.6 

2.7 

2.8 

3.1 
3.2 
4.1 
4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

10.1 
10.2 
10.3 

10.4 

10.5 
10.6 
10.7 
10.8 
10.9 

EXHIBIT INDEX  

Description 

Cross Country Staffing Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 24, 1999, by and among W. R. Grace & Co.-
Conn., a Connecticut corporation, Cross Country Staffing, a Delaware general partnership, and the Registrant, 
a Delaware corporation (1) 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 29, 1999, by and among the Registrant, CCTC 
Acquisition, Inc. and Certain Stockholders of Cross Country Staffing, Inc. and TravCorps Corporation and the 
Stockholders of TravCorps Corporation (1) 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, by and between Edgewater Technology, Inc. and 
the Registrant (1) 
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 8, 2003, by and among Cross Country Nurses, Inc., the Registrant, 
Med-Staff, Inc., William G. Davis, Davis Family Electing Small Business Trust and Timothy Rodden (5) 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2006 by and among ARM Acquisition, Inc., ARMS 
Acquisition, Inc., Metropolitan Research Associates, LLC, Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, LLC, 
Patricia Daly and Stacy Mamakos Martin (11) 
Share Purchase Agreement, dated June 6, 2007, among Cross Country Healthcare UK HoldCo Limited and 
Winston Paul John Evans, Susan Morag Evans and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (16) 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, among ClinForce LLC, the Stockholders of Assent 
Consulting and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (18) 
Purchase Agreement, dated July 22, 2008, by and among StoneCo H, Inc., MDA Holdings, Inc., Medical 
Doctor Associates, Inc., Allied Health Group, Inc., Credent Verification and Licensing Services, Inc., 
Jamestown Indemnity, Ltd. and MDA Employee and Stock Ownership and 401(K) Plan ESOP Component 
Trust (22) 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (2) 
Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant (2) 
Form of specimen common stock certificate (1) 
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated August 23, 2001, among the Registrant, a Delaware 
corporation, the CEP Investors and the Investors (2) 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1999, among the Registrant, a Delaware corporation, 
and the CEP Investors and the MSDWCP Investors (1) 
Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2001, among the Registrant, a 
Delaware corporation, and the CEP Investors and the MSDWCP Investors (2) 
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2001, among the Registrant, Joseph Boshart and Emil Hensel 
and the Financial Investors (2) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1999, between Joseph Boshart and the Registrant (1)(14) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1999, between Emil Hensel and the Registrant (1)(14) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Patricia Daly and ARM Acquisition, 
Inc. (14)(15) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Stacy Mamakos Martin and ARM 
Acquisition, Inc. (14)(15) 
Executive Service Agreement, dated June 6, 2007, between AKOS Limited and Paul Evans (14)(19) 
Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, between Assent Consulting and David Hnatek (14)(19) 
Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, between Assent Consulting and Robert Adzich (14)(19) 
Lease Agreement, dated April 28, 1997, between Meridian Properties and the Registrant (1) 
Lease Agreement, dated October 31, 2000, by and between Trustees of the Goldberg Brothers Trust, a 
Massachusetts Nominee Trust and TVCM, Inc. (1) 

63 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
No. 

10.10 
10.11 
10.12 
10.13 
10.14 

10.15 
10.16 
10.17 
10.18 
10.19 
10.20 
10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 
10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 
10.34 
10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED) 

Description 

222 Building Standard Office Lease between Clayton Investors Associates, LLC and Cejka & Company (1) 

   Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan of the Registrant (2)(14) 
   Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan of the Registrant (2)(14) 

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan adopted April 5, 2007 (14)(20) 

   Amendment to Lease by and between Meridian Commercial Properties Limited Partnership and Cross 

Country, Inc. dated May 1, 2002 (3) 
Cross Country, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (4)(14) 
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Joseph A. Boshart (4)(14) 
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Emil Hensel (4)(14) 
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Vickie Anenberg (4)(14) 
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Jonathan Ward (4)(14) 
Lease Agreement by and between Edgewood General Partnership and HR Logic, dated July 6, 2000 (6) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Edgewood General Partnership and HR Logic, dated 
December 7, 2000 (6) 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Edgewood General Partnership and Cross Country 
TravCorps, dated April 29, 2002 (6) 
Lease Agreement by and between Petula Associates, Ltd. and Principal Life Insurance Company and Clinical 
Trials Support Services, Inc. dated November 3, 1999 (6) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Petula Associates, Ltd. and Principal Life Insurance 
Company and Clinical Trials Support Services, Inc., dated December 20, 1999 (6) 
Lease Agreement by and between Newtown Street Road Associates and Med-Staff, Inc., dated June 21, 
2001 (6) 
Lease Agreement by and between Newtown Street Road Associates and Med-Staff, Inc., dated June 23, 
1998 (6) 
Second Amendment to Lease, dated October 10, 2003, between Canterbury Hall IC, LLC and ClinForce, 
Inc. (7) 
Lease Agreement, dated January 30, 2004, between Goldberg Brothers Real Estate, LLC and TVCM, Inc. (7) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 11, 2001, between Clayton Investors Associates LLC 
and Cejka & Company (8) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 1999, between Newtown Street Road Associates 
and MedStaff, Inc. (8) 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated June 21, 2001 between Newtown Street Road Associates and 
MedStaff, Inc. (8) 
Lease Agreement, dated August 23, 2003, between Corporex Key Limited Partnership No. 8 and Cross 
Country Seminars, Inc. (8) 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (8) (14) 
Third Amendment to Lease, dated October 6, 2004, between Canterbury Hall IC, LLC and ClinForce, Inc. (9) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated February 24, 2005, between Blevens Family Storage, L.P., and 
Cross Country Seminars, Inc. (10) 
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 15, 2005, by and between Canterbury Hall, IC, LLC, 
and Clinforce, Inc. (13) 
Lease Agreement, dated February 15, 2006, between MedStaff, Inc. and Campus Investors D Building, 
L.P. (13) 
Lease Guaranty Agreement by and between Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. and Campus Investors D Building, 
L.P. dated February 17, 2006. (13) 

64 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
No. 

10.39 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 
10.46 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

10.50 

10.51 

10.52 

10.53 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

10.57 

10.58 

10.59 

EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED) 

Description 

Credit Agreement, dated November 10, 2005, with the Lenders referenced therein, and Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, General Electric Capital 
Corporation, as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agent, LaSalle Bank 
National Association, as Co-Documentation Agent, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Sole Lead 
Arranger and Sole Book Manager (13) 
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and among certain subsidiaries of Cross 
Country Healthcare, Inc., as Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as 
Administrative Agent (13) 
Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. and 
certain of its subsidiaries as grantors, in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative 
Agent (13) 
Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2006, to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and the Collateral 
Agreement by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., ClinForce, LLC, Cross Country Education, LLC and 
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (13) 
Lease Agreement between Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership and Metropolitan Research Staffing 
Associates, LLC, dated December 2, 2005 (12) 
Sublease between Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP and Metropolitan Research Associates, LLC, dated 
June 5, 2003 (12) 
Sublease between Port City Press, Inc. and ARM Acquisition, Inc., dated August 31, 2006 (12) 
Lease Agreement between Cornerstone Opportunity Ventures, LLC and Cejka Search, Inc., dated February 2, 
2007 (15) 
Lease Agreement between Self Service Mini Storage, L.P. and Cross Country Education, LLC, dated 
February 2, 2007 (15) 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Meridian Commercial Properties Limited Partnership 
and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., dated February 17, 2007 (15) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated March 30, 2004, between Goldberg Brothers Real Estate, LLC 
and TVCM, Inc. (23) 
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated March 5, 2008, by and between Canterbury Hall IC, LLC and 
Principal Life Insurance Company, tenants in common, and ClinForce, Inc. (24) 
Credit Agreement dated November 10, 2005 and Amended and Restated as of September 9, 2008 by and 
among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. as Borrower and the Lenders referenced therein (25) 
Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2007, by and between MDA Holdings, Inc. and ADKS Realty 
Corporation (26) 
Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1999 by and between Medical Doctors Associates, Inc. and ADKS Realty 
Corporation (26) 
Lease Agreement dated as of October 29, 2007, by and between Crestline Office Center Associates, LLC and 
MDA Holdings, Inc. (26) 
Lease Agreement dated as of September 21, 2004, by and between TGS American Realty Limited Partnership 
and Medical Doctor Associates, Inc. (26) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of September 1, 2007, by and between Cornerstone 
Opportunity Ventures, LLC and Cejka Search, Inc. (26) 
Joinder Agreement dated September 9, 2008 to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and the Collateral 
Agreement by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., StoneCo H, Inc., StoneCo A, LLC, StoneCo C, 
LLC, StoneCo M, LLC CC Local, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative 
Agent (29) 
Lease Agreement dated August 7, 2006, between Brandywine Operating Partnership, L.P. and ClinForce, 
Inc. (29) 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 2, 2007, by and between Brandywine Operating 
Partnership, L.P. and ClinForce, Inc. (29) 

65 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No. 
10.60 

10.61 

10.62 

10.63 

10.64 

10.65 

10.66 

10.67 

10.68 
10.69 
10.70 

10.71 

10.72 

10.73 
10.74 

14.1 
21.1 
23.1 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED) 

Description 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 23, 2008, by and between G &I VI 321/323 
NORRISTOWN FE LLC (successor to Brandywine Operating Partnership, L.P.) and ClinForce, Inc. (29) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Jim Ginter and StoneCo H, 
Inc. (14)(29) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Mike Pretiger and StoneCo H, 
Inc. (14)(29) 
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Anne Anderson and StoneCo H, 
Inc. (14)(29) 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive 
Plan (14)(28)(29) 
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive 
Plan (14)(21)(29) 
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated October 30, 2008, by and between G &I VI 321/323 
NORRISTOWN FE LLC (successor to Brandywine Operating Partnership, L.P.) and ClinForce, Inc. (29) 
Amended and Restated Executive Severance Policy of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. dated as of January 1, 
2008 (14)(29) 
First Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated June 2007 (17) 
Lease Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, between Goldberg Brothers Real Estate LLC and MCVT, Inc. (30) 
Leave and License Agreement, dated July 28, 2010, between Subhash Gaikwad, Hindu Undivided Family and 
Crosscountry Infotech Pvt. Ltd. (30) 
Deed of Cancellation of The Leave and License Agreement, dated July 28, 2010, between Subhash Gaikwad, 
Hindu Undivided Family and Crosscountry Infotech Pvt. Ltd. (31) 
Leave and License Agreement dated October 15, 2010 between Cross Country InfoTech, Ltd. And Shri 
Subhash Dattatraya Angal (31) 
Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (32) 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Master Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of May 28, 2010, 
by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Administrative Agent (32) 
Code of Ethics (8) 
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) and pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 by Joseph A. Boshart, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) and pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 by Emil Hensel, Chief Financial Officer 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002, by Joseph A. Boshart, Chief Executive Officer 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002, by Emil Hensel, Chief Financial Officer 

——————— 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File 
No. 333-64914, and incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, Commission File 
No. 333-83450, and incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10Q during the year ended 
December 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 6, 2003, and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 

66 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED) 

Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated July 18, 2006 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 

   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 12, 2007 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 15, 2007 and incorporated herein by 
reference. 
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated July 13, 2007 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and incorporated 
by reference herein. 
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 15, 2007 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 15, 2007 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2008 and incorporated herein by 
reference. 
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated September 11, 2008 and incorporated by 
reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 25, 2008 and incorporated by 
reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s S-8 dated August 15, 2007 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and 
incorporated by reference herein. 
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference 
herein. 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14) 
(15) 

(16) 

(17) 

(18) 

(19) 

(20) 

(21) 

(22) 

(23) 

(24) 

(25) 

(26) 

(27) 

(28) 

(29) 

(30) 

(31) 

(32) 

67 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 
   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .......................................................................................   
   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009  .............................................................................   

Page

F-2
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended 

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  ........................................................................................................................   

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the 

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  ...................................................................................................   

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  ........................................................................................................................   
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  ..............................................................................................................   

F-6
F-7

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended 

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  ........................................................................................................................

II-1

Schedules not filed herewith are either not applicable, the information is not material or the information is set forth in the 
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

F-1 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 
and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the 
Index at Item 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and 
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic 
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission and our report dated March 11, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Boca Raton, Florida 
March 11, 2011 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 
Certified Public Accountants 

F-2 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

Assets 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................................................
Short-term cash investments  ....................................................................................
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts  

of $3,500,968 in 2010 and $4,544,954 in 2009 ......................................................
Deferred tax assets  ...................................................................................................
Income taxes receivable  ...........................................................................................
Prepaid rent on field employees’ apartments  ...........................................................
Other prepaid expenses  ............................................................................................
Deposits on field employees’ apartments, net of allowance  

of $99,872 in 2010 and $163,368 in 2009 ..............................................................
Insurance recoveries receivable  ...............................................................................
Other current assets ..................................................................................................
Total current assets  ....................................................................................................... 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and  

amortization of $43,412,061 in 2010 and $41,759,619 in 2009 .................................. 
Trademarks, net  ............................................................................................................ 
Goodwill, net  ................................................................................................................ 
Other identifiable intangible assets, net  ........................................................................ 
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization  

$

10,956,664   $
1,870,351  

6,860,827
1,708,018

64,395,140  
11,800,778  
5,595,319  
1,598,169  
4,932,132  

315,122  
2,616,701  
334,127  
104,414,503  

14,536,191  
52,054,482  
143,349,300  
24,680,450  

70,172,107
11,793,734
7,404,830
1,659,509
4,593,645

290,170
870,328
380,109
105,733,277

19,706,467
62,857,489
130,700,479
28,572,449

1,536,278
of $2,403,790 in 2010 and $1,844,702 in 2009 ........................................................... 
5,390,350
Non-current deferred tax assets  .................................................................................... 
Other long-term assets  .................................................................................................. 
2,092,106
Total assets  ...................................................................................................................  $ 348,207,767   $ 356,588,895

2,112,120  
2,483,645  
4,577,076  

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ..................................................................
Accrued compensation and benefits .........................................................................
Current portion of long-term debt  ............................................................................
Interest rate swaps - current  .....................................................................................
Other current liabilities  ............................................................................................
Total current liabilities .................................................................................................. 
Long-term debt  ............................................................................................................. 
Other long-term liabilities ............................................................................................. 
Total liabilities  .............................................................................................................. 

$

7,943,515   $

17,257,862  
7,957,495  
––  
3,744,510  
36,903,382  
45,555,501  
19,740,008  
102,198,891  

8,143,281
16,139,503
5,733,299
1,427,073
3,113,019
34,556,175
56,781,179
19,181,003
110,518,357

Commitments and contingencies 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock—$0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares  

authorized; 31,102,682 and 31,009,404 shares issued and  
outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively ....................................
Additional paid-in capital .........................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ...................................................................
Retained earnings .....................................................................................................

3,110  
243,004,522  
(2,400,731) 
5,401,975  

3,101
240,869,496
(2,978,897)
8,176,838

Total stockholders’ equity  ............................................................................................ 

246,008,876  

246,070,538

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  ......................................................................  $ 348,207,767   $ 356,588,895

See accompanying notes. 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

2010 

Year ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

Revenue from services  ......................................................................   $ 468,561,524   $ 578,237,482   $ 734,246,671
Operating expenses: 

Direct operating expenses .............................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses  ...............................
Bad debt expense  ..........................................................................
Depreciation ..................................................................................
Amortization .................................................................................
Impairment charges  ......................................................................
Legal settlement charge  ................................................................
Total operating expenses ..........................................................

336,250,100  
108,983,689  
293,795  
8,043,548  
3,850,867  
10,764,000  
––  
468,185,999  

424,983,996  
120,689,867  
––  
8,773,088  
4,017,968  
1,725,926  
345,000  
560,535,845  

547,752,917
130,722,145
950,711
7,636,712
3,165,797
244,094,000
––
934,322,282

Income (loss) from operations ...........................................................  

375,525  

17,701,637  

(200,075,611)

Other expenses (income): 

Foreign exchange loss (income) ....................................................
Interest expense, net ......................................................................
Other income  ................................................................................  
(Loss) income before income taxes  ...................................................  
Income tax (benefit) expense..............................................................  
Net (loss) income ...............................................................................   $

75,543  
4,071,582  
––  
(3,771,600) 
(996,737) 
(2,774,863)  $

(131,956)
66,433  
4,224,537
6,173,457  
––
(192,937) 
(204,168,192)
11,654,684  
4,960,376  
(61,223,579)
6,694,308   $ (142,944,613)

Net (loss) income per common share—basic .....................................   $

(0.09)  $

0.22   $

(4.64)

Net (loss) income per common share—diluted ..................................   $

(0.09)  $

0.22   $

(4.64)

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic .....................  

31,060,426  

30,824,660  

30,825,099

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted ..................  

31,060,426  

30,999,446  

30,825,099

See accompanying notes. 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common Stock 

Shares 

Dollars 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

31,576,959   $
104,626    
17,518    

3,158   $ 245,843,655   $
1,013,863    
(92,236)   

10  
1  

163,242   $ 144,427,143   $ 390,437,198
1,013,873
(92,235)

—  
—  

—  
—  

Balance at December 31, 2007 ..........  
Exercise of stock options  .............  
Vesting of restricted stock  ...........  
Tax benefit of share-based 

compensation .............................  
Stock repurchase and retirement ..  
Equity compensation  ...................  
Comprehensive loss: 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ............................  

Net unrealized losses on 

hedging transactions  ............  

Net loss ...................................  
Total comprehensive loss .............  
Balance at December 31, 2008 ..........  
Exercise of stock options  .............  
Vesting of restricted stock  ...........  
Tax benefit of share-based 

compensation  ............................  
Equity compensation  ...................  
Comprehensive income: 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ............................  

Net change in fair value of 

hedging transactions  ............  

Net change in fair value of 

marketable securities ............  

Net income  .............................  
Total comprehensive income  .......  
Balance at December 31, 2009 ..........  

Vesting of restricted stock  ...........  
Tax deficit of share-based 

compensation .............................  
Equity compensation  ...................  
Comprehensive loss: 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ............................  

Net change in fair value of 

hedging transactions  ............  

Net change in fair value of 

marketable securities ............  

Net loss ...................................  
Total comprehensive loss..............  
Balance at December 31, 2010 ..........  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

151,865
(10,775,405)
1,230,068

(3,541,727)

(1,455,912)

  (142,944,613)
  (147,942,252)
  234,023,112
1,523,518
(80,645)

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

92,194
1,962,551

1,076,858

729,544

49,098

6,694,308
8,549,808
  246,070,538
(226,294)

(295,575)
2,656,904

(109,885)

726,367

(38,316)

—  

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

(2,774,863) 

(2,774,863)
(2,196,697)
5,401,975   $ 246,008,876

—    
(924,235)   
—    

—  
(92) 
—  

151,865    
(10,775,313)   
1,230,068    

—  
—  
—  

—    

—    

—    

—  

—  

—  

—    

(3,541,727) 

—    

(1,455,912) 

—    

—  

  (142,944,613) 

30,774,868    
196,583    
37,953    

3,077  
20  
4  

  237,371,902    
1,523,498    
(80,649)   

(4,834,397) 
—  
—  

1,482,530  
—  
—  

92,194    
1,962,551    

—  
—  

—    

1,076,858  

—    

729,544  

—    
—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—    

—    

49,098  

—  

6,694,308  

31,009,404    

3,101  

  240,869,496    

(2,978,897) 

8,176,838  

93,278    

—    
—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

9  

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(226,303)   

(295,575)   
2,656,904    

—  

—  
—  

—    

(109,885) 

—    

726,367  

—    

—    

(38,316) 

—  

31,102,682   $

3,110   $ 243,004,522   $

(2,400,731)  $

See accompanying notes. 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

Operating activities 
Net (loss) income ..........................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided 

by operating activities: 

Bad debt expense  ..................................................................... 
Depreciation ............................................................................. 
Amortization  ............................................................................ 
Impairment charges .................................................................. 
Legal settlement charge  ........................................................... 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)  .................................... 
Amortization of debt issuance costs ......................................... 
Equity compensation ................................................................ 
Other noncash charges  ............................................................. 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable  ............................................................ 
Prepaid rent, deposits, and other assets  ............................... 
Income taxes ........................................................................ 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............................. 
Other liabilities .................................................................... 
Net cash provided by operating activities  ..................................... 
Investing activities 
Purchases of property and equipment, net  .................................... 
Acquisition of MDA Holdings, Inc., net of cash acquired ............ 
Acquisition of Assent Consulting, net of cash acquired  ............... 
Acquisition of AKOS Limited, net of cash acquired  .................... 
Acquisition of assets of Metropolitan Research Associates, LLC 
and Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, LLC ................ 
Other investing activities  .............................................................. 
Net cash used in investing activities  ............................................. 
Financing activities 
Debt issuance costs  ....................................................................... 
Exercise of stock options  .............................................................. 
Tax benefit of stock option exercises ............................................ 
Repurchase of stock for restricted tax withholdings  ..................... 
Release of restricted cash............................................................... 
Stock repurchase and retirement ................................................... 
Repayment of debt and note payable  ............................................ 
Proceeds from issuance of debt ..................................................... 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  ...................... 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  ...................................... 
Change in cash and cash equivalents  ............................................ 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  ........................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ......................................  $

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing 

activities 

Year Ended December 31, 

2010 

2009 

2008 

(2,774,863)  $

6,694,308   $ (142,944,613)

293,795  
8,043,548  
3,850,867  
10,764,000  
––  
5,378,275  
867,363  
2,656,904  
(180,246) 

5,456,796  
(2,237,222) 
(795,266) 
(287,573) 
485,195  
31,521,573  

(2,391,101) 
(12,826,184) 
––  
––  

––  
(981,324) 
(16,198,609) 

––  
8,773,088  
4,017,968  
1,725,926  
345,000  
9,237,802  
1,139,331  
1,962,551  
489,449  

47,737,783  
7,924,663  
(5,384,665) 
(11,289,283) 
(973,993) 
72,399,928  

950,711
7,636,712
3,165,797
244,094,000
––
(68,223,408)
383,739
1,230,068
––

19,255,354
3,537,056
(2,249,691)
(14,785,939)
(964,378)
51,085,408

(2,452,769) 
(6,803,789) 
––  
(748,242) 

(4,688,610)
(111,740,667)
(4,551,715)
(2,143,648)

––  
(1,708,018) 
(11,712,818) 

(6,436,000)
––
(129,560,640)

(1,480,098) 
––  
––  
(226,294) 
––  
––  
(13,484,923) 
4,000,000  
(11,191,315) 
(35,812) 
4,095,837  
6,860,827  
10,956,664   $

––  
1,523,518  
92,194  
(80,645) 
5,000,000  
––  
(90,826,797) 
20,075,000  
(64,216,730) 
217,606  
(3,312,014) 
10,172,841  
6,860,827   $

(2,635,475)
1,013,873
151,865
(92,235)
––
(10,775,405)
(99,494,759)
191,817,000
79,984,864
(403,328)
1,106,304
9,066,537
10,172,841

Equipment purchased through capital lease obligations  ...............  $

483,440   $

122,496   $

1,306,781

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 
Interest paid  ..................................................................................  $
Income taxes paid  .........................................................................  $
Income tax refunds  .......................................................................  $

3,349,013
936,768
(6,452,303)

$
$
$

5,007,477   $
2,146,070   $
(1,523,590)  $

3,809,038
8,632,450
(104,972)

See accompanying notes. 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

1. 

Organization and Basis of Presentation 

On July 29, 1999, Cross Country Staffing, Inc. (CCS), a Delaware corporation, was established through an acquisition of 
certain assets and liabilities of Cross Country Staffing, a Delaware general partnership (the Partnership). The acquisition 
included certain identifiable intangible assets, primarily proprietary databases and contracts. The Partnership was engaged in 
the business of providing travel nurse and allied health staffing services to healthcare providers primarily on a contract basis. 
CCS recorded the assets and certain assumed liabilities, as defined in the asset purchase agreement, at fair market value. The 
purchase price of approximately $189,000,000 exceeded the fair market value of the assets less the assumed liabilities by 
approximately $167,537,000, which, was originally recorded as goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. See Note 3 
– Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets. 

Subsequent acquisitions and dispositions were made and currently, Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (the Company) is a 
leading provider of nurse and allied staffing services in the United States, a national provider of multi-specialty locum tenens 
(temporary physician staffing) services, a provider of clinical trial services to global pharmaceutical and biotechnology 
customers, as well as a provider of other human capital management services focused on healthcare.  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned direct and indirect 
subsidiaries: CC Staffing, Inc., Cross Country TravCorps, Inc., MCVT, Inc., Cross Country Local, Inc, CC Local, Inc., Med-
Staff, Inc. (MedStaff), HealthStaffers, Inc., Assignment America, Inc., ClinForce, LLC (ClinForce), Metropolitan Research 
Associates, Inc. (d/b/a Akos US), Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, Inc., Cejka Search, Inc., MRA Search, Inc., 
Cross Country Education, LLC, Cross Country Capital, Inc., Cross Country Infotech, Pvt Ltd. (India), Assent Consulting, 
Cross Country Holdco (Cyprus) Limited, Cross Country Healthcare UK HoldCo Limited, AKOS Limited (UK), , MDA 
Holdings, Inc., Medical Doctor Associates, LLC, Allied Health Group, LLC, Credent Verification and Licensing Services, 
LLC, Jamestown Indemnity, Ltd., and Cross Country Publishing, LLC. In January 2009, Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 
transferred ownership of ClinForce, LLC to MedStaff, Inc. In September 2009, Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, 
Inc. merged into ClinForce, LLC. In December 2009, HealthStaffers, Inc. was dissolved. All material intercompany 
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Subsequent events have been evaluated through the filing 
date of these consolidated financial statements. 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The 
Company invests its excess cash in highly rated overnight funds and other highly rated liquid accounts. 

Cash Investments 

Short-term cash investments on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets relate to foreign investments in highly liquid 
time deposits with original maturities less than one year but greater than three months. At December 31, 2010, other long-
term assets include approximately $908,000 of foreign investments in highly liquid time deposits with original maturities 
greater than one year. The Company did not have any long-term cash investments at December 31, 2009. 

F-7 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risk 

Accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s customers are 
primarily healthcare providers and pharmaceutical and biotech companies and accounts receivable represent amounts due 
from them. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and, generally, does not 
require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate of uncollectible receivables based 
on a review of specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific 
accounts based on an ongoing review of collectibility as well as past experience with the customer. The Company’s contract 
terms typically require payment between 30 to 60 days from the date services are provided and are considered past due based 
on the particular negotiated contract terms. Overall, based on the large number of customers in differing geographic areas, 
primarily throughout the United States and its territories, the Company believes the concentration of credit risk is limited. No 
single customer accounted for more than 4 % of the Company’s revenue during 2010, 4% during 2009 and 3% during 2008. 
An aggregate of approximately 17% and 18% of the Company’s outstanding accounts receivable as of December 31, 2010 
and 2009, respectively, were due from five customers. 

Prepaid Rent and Deposits 

The Company leases a number of apartments for its field employees under short-term cancelable agreements (typically three 
to six months), which generally coincide with each employee’s staffing contract. Costs relating to these leases are included in 
direct operating expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As a condition of these agreements, 
the Company places security deposits on the leased apartments. Prepaid rent and deposits on field employees’ apartments 
shown on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets relate to these short-term agreements. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined on a straight-line basis 
over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are 
depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the individual lease. Depreciation related to assets recorded 
under capital lease obligations is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations and 
calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the related capital lease. 

Certain software development costs have been capitalized in accordance with the provisions of the Intangibles-Goodwill and 
Other/Internal-Use Software Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification 
(ASC). Such costs include charges for consulting services and costs for personnel associated with programming, coding and 
testing such software. Amortization of capitalized software costs begins when the software is ready for use and is included in 
depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Software development costs are being 
amortized using the straight-line method over three to five years. 

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the fair value assigned to the net tangible and 
identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired. Other identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are being 
amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives which range from 4.5 to 15 years. Goodwill and 
certain intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Instead, in accordance with the Intangibles-Goodwill and 
Other Topic of the FASB ASC, these assets are reviewed for impairment annually with any related losses recognized in 
earnings.  

The Company performs a goodwill impairment analysis, using the two-step method, on an annual basis and whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The first step in its annual impairment 
assessment requires the Company to determine the fair value of each of its reporting units and compare it to the reporting 
unit’s carrying amount. The Company determines its reporting units by identifying components of its operating segments that 
constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and management regularly reviews the operating 
results of that component. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had five reporting units: 1) nurse and allied 
staffing, 2) physician staffing, 3) clinical trial services, 4) retained search and 5) education and training.  

F-8 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units by considering (1) its market capitalization, (2) an estimated 
premium to its market capitalization an investor would pay for a controlling interest, (3) market multiples and recent 
transaction values of peer companies and (4) projected discounted cash flows. If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its 
carrying value, no further testing is required. If the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, the Company then 
determines the amount of the impairment charge, if any. The Company recognizes an impairment charge if the carrying value 
of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Management considers historical experience and all available 
information at the time the fair values of its reporting units are estimated. However, fair values that could be realized in an 
actual transaction may differ from those used to evaluate the impairment of goodwill.  

Long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are evaluated for impairment in accordance with the 
Property, Plant, and Equipment Topic of the FASB ASC. In accordance with this Topic, long-lived assets are reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to the future 
undiscounted net cash flow as expected to be generated by those assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the 
impairment charge recognized is the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.  
See Note 3 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets where discussed further. 

Reserves for Claims  

The Company provides workers’ compensation insurance coverage, professional liability coverage and health care benefits 
for its eligible temporary healthcare professionals. The Company records its estimate of the ultimate cost of, and reserves for 
workers compensation and professional liability benefits based on actuarial models prepared or reviewed by an independent 
actuary using the Company’s loss history as well as industry statistics. Furthermore, in determining its reserves, the Company 
includes reserves for estimated claims incurred but not reported. The health care insurance accrual is for estimated claims that 
have occurred but have not been reported and is based on the Company’s historical claim submission patterns. The ultimate 
cost of workers’ compensation, professional liability and health insurance claims will depend on actual amounts incurred to 
settle those claims and may differ from the amounts reserved by the Company for those claims. 

Workers’ compensation benefits are provided under a partially self-insured plan. The Company has a letter of credit structure 
to guarantee payments of claims. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the Company had outstanding approximately 
$7,199,000 and $7,149,000 standby letters of credit as collateral to secure the self-insured portion of this plan. 

Since October 2009, all professional liability insurance has been provided under occurrence-based plans. Prior to that period, 
professional liability coverage was provided under various self-insured, claims-made and occurrence-based plans depending 
on the subsidiary and the applicable policy year. In October 2004, the Company secured individual occurrence-based 
professional liability insurance policies with no deductible for virtually all of its working nurses and allied professionals, 
except those employed through its MedStaff subsidiary. These occurrence-based individual policies replaced a $2,000,000 
per-claim layer of self-insured exposure. The Company continued to provide primary coverage through a $2,000,000 self-
insured retention for nurses and allied professionals who did not qualify for the individual occurrence-based coverage, as well 
as for the Company’s independent liabilities (such as negligent hiring) during these policy years. Effective October 1, 2008, 
the individual professional liability insurance policies were replaced with one policy that insured each individual nurse for 
$2,000,000 per occurrence and $4,000,000 in the aggregate, as well as the corporation which shared those limits. This policy 
had no deductible and did not cover healthcare professionals working through MedStaff or MDA Holdings, Inc. or its 
subsidiaries (collectively, MDA). Separately, prior to October 1, 2009, the Company’s MedStaff subsidiary had a claims-
made professional liability policy with a limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence, $4,000,000 in the aggregate and a $25,000 
deductible per claim. 

In October 2009, the Company purchased an occurrence-based professional liability policy that provides each working nurse 
and each allied healthcare professional with coverage of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate. Those  

F-9 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

individual limits are shared with the healthcare provider’s employer (e.g. Cross Country Travcorps or MedStaff) in the event 
of vicarious liability and/or negligent hiring allegations on a claim. This policy does not have a deductible. In addition, in 
October 2009, the Company purchased an excess layer of professional liability insurance having limits of $1,000,000 per 
occurrence and $6,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses and allied healthcare professionals of Cross Country 
Travcorps and $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses of MedStaff. Those limits 
are also shared with the corporations on applicable claims. MedStaff also secured insurance coverage having the same terms 
as the primary and excess coverage described above for acts occurring on or after October 25, 2002.  

MDA has an occurrence-based professional liability policy with a limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence, $3,000,000 in the 
aggregate and a $500,000 deductible for MDA, its independent contractor physicians, CRNAs and allied health professionals. 
MDA’s $500,000 deductible is insured by Jamestown Indemnity Ltd., a Cayman Island company (the Captive) and a wholly-
owned subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. Under the terms of the Captive’s reinsurance policy there is a requirement to 
guarantee the payment of claims to its insured party’s primary medical malpractice insurance carrier via a letter of credit. The 
value of the letter of credit was secured by $5,000,000 of cash held by the Captive as restricted cash at December 31, 2008. 
During 2009, the cash was released from restriction and replaced by a letter of credit under the Company’s credit facility. As 
of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the amount of the letter of credit was $5,532,742. 

Subject to certain limitations, the Company also has $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate in umbrella 
liability coverage after $2,000,000 is exhausted under the primary and excess professional liability policies covering the 
working nurses and allied healthcare professionals. While this umbrella coverage does not extend to professional liability 
claims against MDA, its independent contractor physicians, CRNAs and allied health professionals, it does cover claims 
brought against all of the Company’s subsidiaries for non-patient general liability ($250,000 deductible), employee liability 
($1,000,000 deductible), non-owned hired auto ($1,000,000 deductible) and clinical trial/errors and omissions ($500,000 
deductible and a cap of $5,000,000 in coverage under the umbrella policy). 

The Company records the receivable portion of certain of its insurance claims in accordance with the Other 
Expenses/Insurance Costs Topic of the FASB ASC. The Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 
and 2009 reflects the current portion of the receivable of certain of its insurance claims as insurance recoveries receivable and 
the long-term portion as other long-term assets. The related current liability is included in accrued compensation and benefits 
and the long-term portion of the liability is recorded in other long-term liabilities. See Note 6 – Accrued Compensation and 
Benefits for further information.  

Debt Issuance Costs 

Deferred costs related to the issuance of the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility (see Note 7 – Long-term 
Debt) have been capitalized and are being amortized using the straight line method, over the five-year term of the debt.  

Deferred costs related to the Company’s senior secured term loan facility have been capitalized and are being amortized 
using the effective interest method over the respective five-year term of the related debt.  

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue from services consists primarily of temporary staffing revenue. Revenue is recognized when services are rendered. 
Accordingly, accounts receivable includes an accrual for employees’ and independent contractors’ estimated time worked but 
not yet invoiced. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the amounts accrued are approximately $8,751,000 and $13,892,000, 
respectively.  

The Company has entered into certain contracts with acute care facilities to provide comprehensive vendor management 
services. Under these contract arrangements, the Company uses its nurses along with those of third party subcontractors to 
fulfill customer orders. If a subcontractor is used, revenue is recorded at the time of billing, net of any related subcontractor 
liability. The resulting net revenue represents the administrative fee charged by the Company for its vendor management 
services. The subcontractor is paid after the Company has received payment from the acute care facility.  

Management fees are included in some of the Company’s clinical research contracts that cover the life of a project. These 
fees are recognized on a straight-line basis for the specific length of the project.  

F-10 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Revenue on permanent placements is recognized when services provided are substantially completed. The Company does 
not, in the ordinary course of business, give refunds. If a candidate leaves a permanent placement within a relatively short 
period of time, it is customary for the Company to provide a replacement at no additional cost. Allowances are established as 
considered necessary to estimate significant losses due to placed candidates not remaining employed for the Company’s 
guarantee period. During 2010, 2009, and 2008, such losses, if any, were nominal. 

Revenue from the Company’s education and training services is recognized as the instructor-led seminars are performed and 
the related learning materials are delivered. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company has, from time to time, granted stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock for a fixed number 
of common shares to employees. In accordance with the Compensation-Stock-Compensation Topic of the FASB ASC, 
companies may choose from alternative valuation models. The Company uses the Black-Scholes method of valuing its options 
and stock appreciation rights. The Company will consider the use of another model if additional information becomes 
available in the future that indicates another model would be more appropriate for the Company or, if grants issued in future 
periods have characteristics that cannot be reasonably estimated using Black-Scholes. The Company values its restricted stock 
awards by reference to the Company’s stock price on the date of grant.  

The Company has elected to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the 
entire award. The Company uses historical data of options with similar characteristics to estimate pre-vesting option 
forfeitures as it believes that historical behavior patterns are the best indicators of future behavior patterns. Compensation 
expense related to share-based payments is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statements of operations and totaled approximately $2,657,000; $1,963,000 and $1,230,000, during the years ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Related deferred tax benefits of approximately $1,013,000; $718,000 and 
$436,000, respectively, were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. See Note 13 – 
Stockholders’ Equity for further information about the Company’s current share-based compensation programs. 

Advertising 

The Company’s advertising expense consists primarily of print media, online advertising, direct mail marketing and 
promotional material. Advertising costs that are not considered direct response are expensed as incurred and were 
approximately $2,506,000; $3,704,000 and $6,419,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 
Direct response advertising costs associated with the Company’s education and training services are capitalized and expensed 
when the related event takes place. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $1,347,000 and $1,586,000, respectively, 
of these costs are included in other prepaid expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Operating Leases 

The Company accounts for all operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In accordance with the 
provisions of the Leases Topic of the FASB ASC, any incentives or rent escalations are recorded as deferred rent and 
amortized with rent expense over the respective lease term. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC. Deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are 
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.  

The Company recognizes in its financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of 
being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related 
to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. See Note 12 - Income Taxes for further information.  

F-11 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Total comprehensive income (loss) includes net income or loss, foreign currency translation adjustments, net changes in the 
fair value of hedging transactions, and net changes in the fair value of marketable securities available for sale, net of any 
related deferred taxes.  

Certain of the Company’s foreign operations use their respective local currency as their functional currency. In accordance 
with the Foreign Currency Matters Topic of the FASB ASC, assets and liabilities of these operations are translated at the 
exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Income statement items are translated at the average exchange rates for the 
period. The cumulative impact of currency fluctuations related to the balance sheet translation is included in accumulated 
other comprehensive loss (OCL) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and was approximately $2,412,000 and 
$2,302,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  

The net change in fair value of hedging transactions (excluding ineffectiveness reclassified to interest expense), related to the 
Company’s interest rate swap agreements, is included in accumulated OCL in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets 
and was approximately $726,000, net of deferred taxes, at December 31, 2009. See Interest Rate Swap Agreements below 
and Note 8 - Interest Rate Swap Agreements for further information. 

The net change in fair value of marketable securities is included in accumulated OCL in the accompanying consolidated 
balance sheets and was approximately $19,000, net of deferred taxes, or $11,000 after tax, representing holding gains for its 
marketable securities as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the net change in fair value of marketable 
securities included in accumulated OCI was approximately $82,000, net of deferred taxes, or $49,000 after tax. The net 
change in fair value of marketable securities includes the reclassification of unrealized gains upon the sale of securities and 
gains or losses related to the change in fair value of the remaining marketable securities. In the year ended December 31, 
2009, a portion of the marketable securities were sold for approximately $240,000 resulting in a gain of $192,937 included in 
other income on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company used the specific identification method to 
determine the cost of the securities sold.  

Income tax expense related to the components of other comprehensive income (loss) was approximately $445,000 and 
$489,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Income tax benefit related to the components of 
comprehensive income (loss) was approximately $927,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. Total comprehensive 
income (loss) is stated on the face of the Company’s consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity. 

Fair Value Measurements 

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, short-term cash investments, 
accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these 
instruments. The carrying amounts of the revolving loan facility and term loan approximate fair value as the interest rates are 
tied to a quoted variable index. Derivative financial instruments (interest rate swap agreements) are recorded at fair value 
based on available quotations provided by a recognized dealer in such hedging agreements. 

The Company complies with the provisions of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, 
which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s only financial 
assets/liabilities required to be measured on a recurring basis were its marketable securities and deferred compensation 
liability. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s only financial assets/liabilities required to be measured on a recurring 
basis were its marketable securities, interest rate swap agreements and deferred compensation liability. See Note 8 - Interest 
Rate Swap Agreements and Note 9 – Fair Value Measurements for relevant disclosures. 

F-12 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements 

The Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC requires the Company to recognize all derivative instruments as either 
assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of those 
derivatives are accounted for depending upon the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting.  

The Company has used derivative instruments to manage the fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk on 
variable-rate debt financing. The objective of the hedges has been to reduce the exposure to adverse fluctuations in floating 
interest rates tied to LIBOR borrowings as required by the Company’s credit agreement and not for trading purposes. The 
interest rate swap agreements involve the receipt of variable rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate interest payments over 
the life of the agreement without an exchange of the underlying principal amount. As of December 31, 2009, more than 
100% of the Company’s variable rate debt had its interest payments designated as the hedged forecasted transactions. The 
Company had formally documented the hedging relationships and accounted for the derivatives as cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses resulting from changes in the fair value of these agreements had been recorded in other comprehensive loss, net of tax, 
until either the hedged item is recognized in earnings or the cash flow is no longer probable. The Company formally assessed, 
both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that were used in the hedging transactions 
were highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Any ineffectiveness was recorded 
directly to earnings. See Note 8 - Interest Rate Swap Agreements for full disclosures of interest rate swap agreements entered 
into in 2008, pursuant to the disclosure requirements of Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC.  

Reclassifications 

Certain 2009 and 2008 statement of operations, statement of cash flows, and footnote amounts has been reclassified to 
conform to the 2010 presentation.  Certain 2009 balance sheet amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2010 
presentation. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In August 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (Update) No. 2010-24, Presentation of Insurance Claims 
and Related Insurance Recoveries, which clarifies that a health care entity should not net insurance recoveries against a 
related claim liability. Additionally, the amount of the claim liability should be determined without consideration of 
insurance recoveries. The amendments in the Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating its impact and expects to reclassify certain 
amounts on its consolidated balance sheet beginning in the first quarter of 2011.  

3. 

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had the following acquired intangible assets: 

Gross Carrying 
Amount 

December 31, 2010 
Accumulated
Amortization 

Net Carrying
Amount 

Gross Carrying
Amount 

December 31, 2009 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net Carrying
Amount 

Intangible assets subject 

to amortization: 

Databases .................. 
Customer relations .... 
Non-compete 

agreements  .............

Trademark  ................ 

Intangible assets not 

subject to amortization:  
Goodwill ................... 
Trademarks ............... 

4,153,000

340,000 
53,618,550 

$ 

$  145,242,144 
53,455,651 
$  198,697,795 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

14,186,567 
34,938,983 

$ 

13,017,766 
12,017,001 

$

$

1,168,801 
22,921,982 

589,667
–– 
24,680,450 

$

$

14,194,891 
34,989,973 

$ 

12,572,084 
8,939,998 

4,153,000

340,000 
53,677,864 

3,253,333

340,000 
25,105,415 

$

$

1,622,807
26,049,975

899,667
––
28,572,449

3,563,333

340,000 
28,938,100 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,892,844 
1,401,169 
3,294,013 

$ 130,700,479
62,857,489
$ 193,557,968

1,892,844 
1,401,169 
3,294,013 

$ 143,349,300 
52,054,482 
$ 195,403,782 

$ 132,593,323 
64,258,658 
$ 196,851,981 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

3. 

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets (continued) 

Estimated annual amortization expense is approximately as follows: 

Year Ending December 31:  

2011  ..............................................................................................................   $ 3,484,000
   3,236,000
2012  ..............................................................................................................  
   3,083,000
2013  ..............................................................................................................  
   2,837,000
2014  ..............................................................................................................  
   2,683,000
2015  ..............................................................................................................  
  9,357,000
Thereafter ...................................................................................................... 
   $ 24,680,000

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are as follows: 

Nurse and 
Allied 
Segment 

Physician 
Staffing 
Segment 

Clinical 
Trial 
Services 
Segment 

Other Human 
Capital 
Management 
Services  
Segment 

Total 

Balances as of December 31, 2009: 

Aggregate goodwill acquired..................  
Accumulated impairment loss ................  
Goodwill, net of impairment loss ...........  
Additions to aggregate goodwill in 2010:        
Earnout payment for MDA.....................  
Currency translation adjustment for  

$

AKOS ..................................................  

Balances as of December 31, 2010: 

$

259,150,099 
(241,000,000) 
18,150,099 

$

31,161,171
––
31,161,171

62,082,147
––
62,082,147

582,309 

12,243,875

––

–– 

––

(177,363) 

Aggregate goodwill acquired..................  
Accumulated impairment loss ................  
Goodwill, net of impairment loss ...........  

259,732,408 
(241,000,000) 
18,732,408 

$

$

43,405,046
––
43,405,046

$

61,904,784
––
61,904,784

$

$

19,307,062 
–– 
19,307,062 

$

371,700,479
(241,000,000)
130,700,479

–– 

–– 

12,826,184

(177,363)

19,307,062 
–– 
19,307,062 

384,349,300
(241,000,000)
143,349,300

$

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

The Company performed its annual impairment assessment in the fourth quarters of 2010, 2009 and 2008. Upon completion 
of the first step in its annual impairment assessment as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company determined that no 
impairment was indicated. For the impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2010 and 2009, the Company estimated the fair 
value of each of its five reporting units based on a weighting of both the income approach and the market approach.  

The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit that served as the primary basis for the income approach were based on 
discrete financial forecasts developed by management for planning purposes and consistent with those distributed within the 
Company and externally. A number of significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of the income 
methodology including forecasted operating cash flows, revenue, margins, discount rate, and working capital changes. Cash 
flows beyond the discrete forecast period of ten years were estimated using a terminal value calculation. A terminal value 
growth rate of 2.5% was used for each reporting unit. The income approach valuations included reporting unit cash flow 
discount rates, representing each reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital, ranging from 10.4% to 15.4%.  

The market approach applied pricing multiples derived from publicly-traded guideline companies that are comparable to the 
respective reporting unit, to determine its value. The Company utilized total enterprise value/revenue multiples ranging from 
0.5 to 1.4 and total enterprise value/Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) multiples 
ranging from 9.8 to 13.5. The reporting unit’s market value was determined assuming a 50% weighting to revenue multiples 
and a 50% weighting to EBITDA multiples for its nurse and allied, physician and clinical trial staffing businesses; a 100%  

F-14 

 
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

3. 

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets (continued) 

weighting to the EBITDA multiples for the education and training reporting unit and 100% weighting to revenue multiples 
for its retained search reporting unit. The fair value under the market approach included a control premium of 35%, which is 
an amount the Company estimates a buyer would be willing to pay in excess of the current market price in order to acquire a 
controlling interest. The control premium was determined based on a review of comparative market transactions. Publicly 
available information regarding the market capitalization of the Company was also considered in assessing the 
reasonableness of the cumulative fair values of the reporting units.  

Upon completion of fourth quarter 2010 assessment, the Company determined that the estimated fair value of all of the 
Company’s reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values. In accordance with the Intangibles-Goodwill and Other 
Topic of the FASB ASC, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company performed its annual impairment testing and 
determined that the fair value of the goodwill related to its nurse and allied staffing reporting unit was lower than its carrying 
value. The decrease in value resulted from a combination of depressed equity market values and lower projected near-term 
growth rates for the nurse and allied staffing business arising from the significant down-turn in the U.S. economy and adverse 
labor and financial markets that rapidly deteriorated during the fourth quarter of 2008. The majority of the goodwill 
impairment was attributable to the Company’s initial capitalization in 1999, which was accounted for as an asset purchase 
(see Note 1 – Organization and Basis of Presentation), and subsequent nurse staffing acquisitions made through 2003. A non-
cash pretax charge of approximately $241,000,000 was recorded to reduce the carrying value of goodwill to its estimated fair 
value. This charge is included in impairment charges on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2008. 

Other Intangible Assets 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, in accordance with the Property, Plant and Equipment/Impairment or Disposal of Long-
Lived Assets Topic of the FASB ASC, the Company conducted an assessment of the trademarks related to its MDA Holdings, 
Inc. acquisition. Impairment charges of $10,764,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted from the impact lower 
locum tenens usage has had on its long term revenue forecast. Thus, the calculation of estimated fair value using the 
projected revenue stream indicated the carrying amount of the trademarks acquired with the MDA acquisition in 
September 2008 may not be fully recoverable.  In order to determine the fair value of its trademarks, the Company 
discounted to present value the implied after-tax royalty savings based on a long-term forecast of revenues associated with 
the respective trademarks. Based on the calculation of fair value, the Company recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment 
charge, of which $10,037,000 related to the physician staffing segment and $727,000 related to the nurse and allied staffing 
segment. This charge is included in impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2010. 

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company conducted an assessment of a particular trademark and database in its 
clinical trial services segment due to a change in marketing strategy for the business that indicated the carrying amount of the 
trademark and database may not be recoverable. The Company streamlined its non-staffing operations within the clinical trial 
services segment to gain efficiencies. Based on these circumstances, the Company recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment 
charge which represented the entire carrying value of this trademark and database of approximately $1,726,000. This charge 
is included in impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.  

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company conducted an assessment of a particular customer relationship in its clinical 
trial services segment due to a change in circumstance that indicated the carrying amount of this intangible asset may not be 
recoverable. The relationship with this customer remains in good standing; however, the customer began to use offshore 
staffing to meet some of its needs and did not renew one of its contracts which expired in 2009. The expiration of this 
particular contract impacted the projected revenue stream utilized in assessing the value of this intangible asset. The 
Company does have other ongoing contracts with this customer that is expected to continue to generate business, but they are 
not significant or sufficient enough to replace the revenue stream that ended in 2009. In addition, the Company was unable to 
estimate any significant revenue stream in order to properly calculate an estimated fair value of this relationship. Based on 
these circumstances, the Company recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge which represented the entire carrying 
value of this customer relationship of approximately $3,094,000. This charge is also included in impairment charges on the 
consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company believes no other impairment of long-lived assets or intangible assets exist. 

F-15 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

4. 

Acquisitions 

MDA Holdings, Inc. 

In September 2008, the Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of privately-held MDA 
Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and all of the outstanding stock of a subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (collectively, 
MDA). The Company paid $115,870,000 in cash at closing, which included $3,554,000 as an estimated net working capital 
adjustment which was subject to final adjustments. Of the cash paid at closing, approximately $8,690,000 was held in escrow 
to cover any post-closing liabilities (Indemnification Escrow) and $250,000 was held in escrow to cover any net working 
capital adjustments (Net Working Capital Escrow). During the fourth quarter of 2008, approximately $1,590,000 of the 
Indemnification Escrow was released to the Company and recorded to goodwill as a reduction in purchase price. Also during 
the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company finalized the net working capital adjustment and calculated an additional payment to 
the sellers of approximately $100,000 which was paid and included in goodwill as additional purchase price. In connection 
with this net working capital adjustment, the entire Net Working Capital Escrow of $250,000 was also released to the sellers. 
Additionally, a post-closing adjustment to the purchase price of approximately $302,000 was paid to the sellers in the fourth 
quarter of 2008 and included in goodwill as additional purchase price. 

The transaction also included an earnout provision based on 2008 and 2009 performance criteria. This contingent 
consideration was not related to the sellers’ employment. In the second quarter of 2009, the Company paid approximately 
$6,748,000 related to the 2008 performance. In the second quarter of 2010, the Company paid approximately $12,826,000 
related to the 2009 performance, satisfying all earnout amounts potentially due to the seller in accordance with the asset 
purchase agreement. Earnout payments were allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the 
Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. During the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately $3,541,000 was 
released to the seller from the indemnification escrow account leaving a balance of approximately $3,566,000 at 
December 31, 2010.  

The Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility was amended and restated in connection with the acquisition of 
MDA. The $200,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005 and Amended and Restated as of September 9, 
2008 (the Credit Agreement) kept in place an existing $75,000,000 revolving loan facility and provided for a 5-year 
$125,000,000 term loan facility with Wells Fargo Securities and certain of its affiliates, Banc of America Securities LLC and 
certain other lenders. The proceeds from the term loan were used to fund the acquisition, pay financing related fees, and pay 
certain acquisition expenses. The remainder of the proceeds was used to reduce borrowings under its revolving loan facility. 
See Note 7- Long-term Debt for further information. 

Headquartered in Norcross, Georgia, MDA provides multi-specialty locum tenens (temporary physician staffing) and allied 
staffing services to the healthcare industry in all 50 states. MDA is a provider of locum tenens staffing solutions through its 
independent contract physicians. In addition, MDA has an in-house Credentials Verification Organization (Credent) that is 
certified by the National Committee for Quality Assurance. Credent verifies critical credentials prior to physician 
assignments. MDA offers its physicians occurrence-based malpractice coverage. See Note 2 – Reserves for Claims for 
additional information.  

The acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. The results 
of MDA’s operations have been included in the consolidated statements of operations since September 1, 2008, the agreed 
upon accounting date of the acquisition. MDA’s allied staffing services have been combined with the Company’s nurse and 
allied staffing business segment. MDA’s physician staffing services have been reported as a separate business segment for 
the Company, Physician Staffing, in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB ASC. 

Assent Consulting 

In July 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the shares of privately-held Assent Consulting (Assent). This 
transaction included an earnout provision based on 2007 and 2008 performance criteria. This contingent consideration was 
not related to the sellers’ employment. In April 2008, the Company paid approximately $4,552,000 related to 2007 
performance satisfying all earnout amounts potentially due to the seller in accordance with the asset purchase agreement. 
Approximately $2,000,000 of the payment was being held in escrow, subject to forfeiture to the Company, to the extent a 
2008 performance milestone was not achieved. Based on 2008 performance, the full amount was released to the sellers in the 
first quarter of 2009. The earnout payments were allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the 
Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. In addition, in the first quarter of 2009, the escrow for post-closing  

F-16 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

4. 

Acquisitions (continued) 

liabilities of $1,000,000 was released to the sellers. Assent provides staffing services primarily consisting of highly qualified 
clinical research, biostatistics, and drug safety professionals to companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology 
industries. 

AKOS Limited  

In June 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of privately-held AKOS Limited (AKOS), based in the United 
Kingdom. This transaction included an earnout provision based on 2007 and 2008 performance, as defined by the share 
purchase agreement. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company paid £1,054,000 (approximately $2,111,000) related to the 
2007 performance. In the second quarter of 2009, the Company paid the sellers approximately £509,000 (approximately 
$748,000) related to the 2008 performance. The payments have been allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in 
accordance with the Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. During the fourth quarter of 2008, all of the funds held 
in escrow were released to the sellers. AKOS is a provider of drug safety, regulatory and clinical trial services to 
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in Europe, the United States, Canada and Asia. 

Metropolitan Research 

In August 2006, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of privately-held Metropolitan Research Associates, 
LLC and Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, LLC (collectively “Metropolitan Research”). This transaction included 
a potential earnout payment of up to a maximum of $6,436,000 based on 2006 and 2007 performance, as defined. During the 
year ended December 31, 2008, the Company paid $6,436,000 satisfying all earnout payments. This contingent consideration 
was not related to the sellers’ employment and was allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the 
Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. Metropolitan Research provides drug safety monitoring, contract research 
and clinical trial staffing and services to the pharmaceutical, biotech and medical device industries.  

5. 

Property and Equipment 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, property and equipment consist of the following: 

Computer equipment  ...............................................................................
Computer software ...................................................................................
Office equipment  .....................................................................................
Furniture and fixtures  ..............................................................................
Leasehold improvements  .........................................................................

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  .................................... 

——————— 
(a)  See Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

  Useful Lives 
3-5 years 
3-5 years 
5-7 years 
5-7 years 
(a) 

December 31, 

2010 

13,134,494   $
34,749,154    
3,881,739    
3,061,019    
3,121,846    
57,948,252    
(43,412,061)   
14,536,191   $

2009 

11,933,314 
38,917,694 
3,988,990 
3,493,510 
3,132,578 
61,466,086 
(41,759,619)
19,706,467 

   $

   $

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company wrote off approximately $6,078,000 of fully depreciated property 
and equipment.  

F-17 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

6. 

Accrued Compensation and Benefits 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following: 

Salaries and payroll taxes  ..................................................................................................   $
Bonuses ..............................................................................................................................  
Accrual for workers’ compensation claims  .......................................................................  
Accrual for health care benefits  .........................................................................................  
Accrual for professional liability insurance  .......................................................................  
Accrual for vacation  ..........................................................................................................  

   $

December 31, 

2010 
5,640,686 
1,728,867 
4,242,681 
1,182,528 
2,823,422 
1,639,678 
17,257,862 

$

$

2009 
5,911,887
1,734,860
2,213,833
1,450,723
3,149,129
1,679,071
16,139,503

Workers’ compensation and professional liability amounts are also included in the following accounts: 

Insurance recoveries receivable: 

Insurance recovery for workers’ compensation  ............................................................    $
Insurance recovery for professional liability .................................................................  

  $

Other long-term assets:  

Insurance recovery for workers’ compensation - long-term  .........................................   $
Insurance recovery for professional liability - long-term ..............................................  
Long-term cash investments  .........................................................................................  
Security deposits - long-term .........................................................................................  
Marketable securities - long-term ..................................................................................  

  $

Other long-term liabilities:  

Unrecognized tax benefits - long-term ..........................................................................   $
Accrual for workers’ compensation claims - long-term ................................................  
Accrual for professional liability insurance - long-term  ...............................................  
Deferred compensation ..................................................................................................  
Deferred rent - long-term ...............................................................................................  
Other long-term liabilities .............................................................................................  

  $

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

2,420,701  $
196,000 
2,616,701  $

505,328
365,000
870,328

2,529,908  $
371,051 
907,515 
709,404 
59,198 
4,577,076  $

554,532
940,390
––
474,234
122,950
2,092,106

4,124,242  $
4,434,086 
8,196,734 
1,480,127 
1,478,372 
26,447 
19,740,008  $

3,551,607
2,429,394
10,062,245
1,376,008
1,761,749
––
19,181,003

F-18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

7. 

Long-term Debt  

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, long-term debt consists of the following: 

Term loan, interest at 2.29% and 1.99% at December 31,  

2010 and 2009, respectively ............................................................................................   $

Capital lease obligations  ...................................................................................................   

Less current portion  ..........................................................................................................   

   $

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

53,039,340 
473,656 
53,512,996 
(7,957,495) 
45,555,501 

$

$

62,109,277
405,201
62,514,478
(5,733,299)
56,781,179

On May 28, 2010, the Company entered into a first amendment to its Credit Agreement with the lenders party thereto and 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association) as Administrative 
Agent. The Credit Agreement amendment, among other things, extended the maturity date of the revolving credit facility 
from November 2010 to September 2013 to be coterminous with its term loan facility, and reduced`` its existing revolving 
credit facility to $50,000,000 from $75,000,000, and its sublimit for letters of credit to $20,000,000 from $35,000,000. Its 
sublimit for the issuance of Swingline Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) remained at $10,000,000. The Company 
paid $1,480,000 of financing fees related to this amendment, that have been capitalized as debt issuance costs on the 
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. Debt issuance costs related to this amendment are being amortized on a 
straight-line basis over the remaining term of the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company wrote off an immaterial 
amount of debt issuance costs related to the reduction of the size of the revolving credit facility.  

The revolving loan facility and term loan bear interest at a rate of, at the Company’s option, either: (i) London Interbank 
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a leverage-based margin or (ii) Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a leverage-
based margin. As of December 31, 2010, interest on its revolving credit facility was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% 
or Base Rate (as defined by the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 2.50%. The interest rate spreads on its term loans as of 
December 31, 2010 were based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% or Base Rate plus a margin of 1.00%. The Company is 
required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving loan facility, which, as of 
December 31, 2010 was 0.625%.  

The revolving loan facility is being used for general corporate purposes including working capital, capital expenditures and 
permitted acquisitions and investments, as well as to pay fees and expenses related to the credit facility. As of December 31, 
2010, the Company did not have any borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility, but had $12,731,838 of 
standby letters of credit outstanding under this facility, leaving $37,268,162 available for borrowing. The letters of credit 
relate to the Company’s workers’ compensation and professional liability policies as previously disclosed in the Reserves for 
Claims section in Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants and other covenants contained in the 
agreement. Specifically, the table below summarizes what the Company believes are the key financial covenants, as defined 
by the Credit Agreement, and its corresponding actual performance as of December 31, 2010.  

Requirement 
2.50 to 1.00 
1.75 to 1.00 
$16.5 million 

Actual 
2.08 to 1.00 
8.08 to 1.00 
$2.4 million 

Maximum Permitted Leverage Ratio (a)  ..........................................................  
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (b) .....................................................    
Maximum Capital Expenditures for 2010 (c)  ...................................................  
——————— 
(a)   The Company’s Leverage Ratio must not be greater than 2.50 to 1.00 for the duration of the Credit Agreement ending 

September 2013.  

(b)   The Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined by the Credit Agreement) must not be less than: 1) 1.75 to 

1.00 through December 31, 2010; 2) 1.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2011; 3) 1.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2012 and 4) 
1.15 to 1.00 thereafter. 

F-19 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

7. 

Long-term Debt (continued)  

(c)   The Capital Expenditures limit as defined by the Credit Agreement may be increased in any fiscal year by the amount 
of Capital Expenditures that were permitted but not made in the immediately preceding fiscal year. The aggregate 
Capital Expenditures limit for the fiscal years following as defined by the Credit Agreement are: 1) $4.0 million in the 
fiscal year 2010; 2) $5.0 million in the fiscal year 2011; and 3) $7.0 million in the fiscal year 2012. The 2010 limit in 
the preceding table reflects an increase of $12.5 million representing the 2009 fiscal year excess that was permitted but 
not made. 

The terms of the Credit Agreement include customary covenants and events of default for similarly leveraged deals. The 
Credit Agreement includes a mandatory prepayment provision, which requires the Company to make mandatory prepayments 
subsequent to receiving net proceeds from the sale of assets, insurance recoveries, or the issuance of debt or equity. In 
addition, when its Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, as defined by the Credit Agreement, as of the end of a fiscal year is 
greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00, the Company is required to make principal prepayments of at least 50% of Excess Cash 
Flow, as defined by the agreement. Effective with the May 2010 amendment, the limitation on the Company’s ability to 
repurchase its common stock and declare and pay cash dividends on its common stock was adjusted. The Credit Agreement, 
as amended, provides for an amount allowed for stock repurchases/dividends subsequent to May 28, 2010, that is the lesser of 
$25,000,000 and 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined by the Credit Agreement) for each fiscal quarter 
after March 31, 2010 where financial statements have been delivered; provided, that the Company’s Debt/EBITDA ratio (as 
defined by the Credit Agreement), after giving effect to the transaction, is less than 1.00 to 1.00 and there is $40,000,000 in 
cash or available cash under its revolving loan facility. However, if the Company’s Debt/EBITDA ratio, after giving effect to 
the transaction is less than 2.00 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, and there are no amounts outstanding under 
the revolving credit facility (other than letters of credit), the allowable amount for repurchases/dividends is $2,500,000. The 
Company’s requirement to obtain lender consent for acquisitions was also adjusted. Effective with the May 2010 amendment, 
the Company is required to obtain the consent of its lenders to complete any acquisition which exceeds $20,000,000 or would 
cause the Company to exceed $50,000,000 in aggregate cash and non-cash consideration for Permitted Acquisitions (as 
defined by the Credit Agreement) during the term of the Credit Agreement (excluding the MDA acquisition). The 
commitments under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. 

Long-term debt includes capital lease obligations that are subordinate to the Company’s senior secured facility. As of 
December 31, 2010, the Company’s capital lease obligations mature serially through December 31 as follows: 2011 - 
$157,592; 2012 - $142,776; 2013 - $153,740; and 2014 - $19,548.  

As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate scheduled maturities of term debt are as follows: 

Through Year Ending December 31: 

2011  ........................................................................................................   $
2012  ........................................................................................................  
2013  ........................................................................................................  
2014  ........................................................................................................  
2015  ........................................................................................................  

   $

7,799,903
18,329,772
26,909,665
––
––
53,039,340

F-20 

 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

8. 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements  

The Company has used derivative instruments to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk on 
variable-rate debt financing. The objective of the hedges was to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in floating interest rates 
tied to LIBOR borrowings as required by the Company’s credit agreement and not for trading purposes. The interest rate 
swap agreements involved the receipt of variable rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate interest payments over the life of 
the agreement without an exchange of the underlying principal amount.  

Pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and not for trading purposes, in October 2008, the Company entered into 
two interest rate swap agreements, both with effective dates of October 9, 2008 and termination dates of October 9, 2010. 
The Company was required to execute Interest Rate Contract(s) (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to hedge its variable 
interest rate exposure in an aggregate amount of at least 40% of its $125,000,000 term loan facility, or $50,000,000, for at 
least 2 years. No initial investments were made to enter into these agreements. The interest rate swap agreements required the 
Company to pay a fixed rate to the respective counterparty (fixed rate of 3.1625% per annum on a notional amount of 
$50,000,000 and a fixed rate of 2.75% on $20,000,000), and to receive from the respective counterparty, interest payments, 
based on the applicable notional amounts and 1 month LIBOR, with no exchanges of notional amounts. The interest rate 
swaps effectively fixed the interest on $70,000,000 of the Company’s term debt for a period of 2 years at 3.04%, plus the 
applicable LIBOR spread.  

The Company formally documented the hedging relationships and has accounted for these derivatives as cash flow hedges 
eligible for hedge accounting. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of these agreements were recorded in 
accumulated OCL, net of tax, until the hedged item was recognized in earnings. The Company formally assessed, both at the 
hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that were used in the hedging transactions were highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Changes in the fair value of derivatives 
deemed to be eligible for hedge accounting were reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated 
balance sheets. See Note 2 – Comprehensive Income (Loss) for further information. Any ineffectiveness was recorded 
directly to interest expense. 

In the third quarter of 2009, the Company generated excess cash flow, which, along with cash on hand, allowed it to prepay 
an additional $22,500,000 of term loan borrowings causing its $20,000,000 notional amount interest rate swap to become 
ineffective. Subsequent prepayments were made of $5,000,000 in the fourth quarter of 2009 and $4,000,000 in the first 
quarter of 2010. The Company estimated the ineffectiveness as of December 31, 2009 to be an unrealized loss of $229,820 
(approximately $139,000 after taxes). The estimated unrealized loss recorded to interest expense was reversed during the year 
ended December 31, 2010 as the interest rate swap payments were settled.  

As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was $1,427,073 and was recorded as a liability 
on the consolidated balance sheet with offsets to other comprehensive loss of $1,197,253 (for the effective portion) and 
interest expense of $229,820 (for the ineffective portion). Deferred tax benefits of $470,885 were also included in other 
comprehensive loss, leaving a balance of $726,368 in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these swap 
agreements. The interest rate swaps were terminated effective October 9, 2010. Accordingly, during the year ended 
December 31, 2010, the prior year end balances were reversed coinciding with interest payments on the underlying term loan 
portion that was hedged during the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Interest rate swap payments are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the Company’s consolidated 
statements of cash flows. 

F-21 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

9. 

Fair Value Measurements 

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, defines fair value as the exchange price that would 
be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset 
or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Fair Value Measurements 
and Disclosures Topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable 
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs 
that may be used to measure fair value: 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in 
markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for 
substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the 
assets or liabilities. 

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s financial assets/liabilities required to be measured on a 
recurring basis were its interest rate swap agreements, its deferred compensation liability included in other long-term 
liabilities and marketable securities included in other long-term assets. The Company utilizes Level 1 inputs to value 
marketable securities and its deferred compensation liability and Level 2 inputs to value the interest rate swap agreements. 
The Company did not hold any Level 3 assets or liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 or 
2009. The Company’s marketable securities are measured using quoted prices in active markets. The Company’s deferred 
compensation liability is measured using publicly available indices that define the liability amounts, as per the plan 
documents. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC also states that the fair value 
measurement of a financial asset or financial liability must reflect the nonperformance risk of the entity and the counterparty. 
Therefore, the impact of the counterparty’s creditworthiness is considered when in an asset position and the Company’s 
credit worthiness will be considered when it is in a liability position. As of December 31, 2009, both counterparties on the 
Company’s interest rate swap agreements were expected to continue to perform under their contractual terms of the 
instrument and the creditworthiness did not have a material impact on fair value. 

The table below summarizes the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured on a 
recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2009: 

Fair Value Measurements as of  
December 31, 2010 
Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

Fair Value Measurements as of  
December 31, 2009 
Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

Financial Assets: 

Marketable securities  ......   $

59,198 

$

59,198 

$

—  $

122,950  $ 

122,950  $

—

Financial Liabilities: 

Interest rate swaps – 

current ...........................   $

Deferred compensation  ...  

— 
  1,480,128 
  $ 1,480,128 

$

— 
1,480,128 
$ 1,480,128 

$

$

—  $ 1,427,073
—  $ 1,427,073  $ 
— 
—
  1,376,008 
—  $ 2,803,081  $  1,376,008  $ 1,427,073

  1,376,008 

The Company used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to measure the fair value of certain Goodwill and Other 
Identifiable Intangible Assets that were determined to be impaired during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 
2008. See Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets and Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies for further information. 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

10. 

Employee Benefit Plans  

The Company maintains a voluntary defined contribution 401(k) profit-sharing plan covering all eligible employees as 
defined in the plan documents. Eligible MDA employees were covered under this plan as of October 1, 2008. The plan 
provides for a discretionary matching contribution, which is equal to a percentage of each eligible contributing participant’s 
elective deferral, which the Company, at its sole discretion, determines from year to year. Effective July 1, 2009, due to the 
Company’s cost-saving efforts, any further matching contributions for the program were temporarily suspended and therefore 
there were no matching contributions for the year ended December 31, 2010 or 2009. Eligible employees who elected to 
participate in the plan are generally vested in any existing matching contribution after three years of service with the 
Company. Contributions by the Company, net of forfeitures, under this plan approximated $1,142,000, and $2,666,000, for 
the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Effective January 1, 2011, matching contributions have been 
reinstated for the program. 

Certain MedStaff employees are covered under a separate benefit plan. The plan allows eligible employees to defer a portion 
of their annual compensation pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan is a voluntary defined 
contribution 401(k) profit-sharing plan covering substantially all eligible employees as defined in the plan documents. 
Eligible employees who elected to participate in the plan are generally fully vested in any matching contribution after six 
years of service with the Company. Contributions by the Company, net of forfeitures, under this plan amounted to an 
immaterial amount for both the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.  Contributions by the Company, net of forfeitures, 
under this plan amounted to approximately $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

The Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation program to certain key employees whereby they may defer a 
portion of annual compensation for payment upon retirement. The program is unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of 
Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The liability for the deferred compensation is included in 
other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and approximated $1,480,000 and $1,376,000 at December 31, 
2010 and 2009, respectively. 

11. 

Commitments and Contingencies 

Commitments: 

The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating lease agreements for the rental of office space and equipment. 
Certain of these leases include options to renew as well as rent escalation clauses and in certain cases, incentives from the 
landlord for rent-free months and allowances for tenant improvements. The rent escalations and incentives have been 
reflected in the following table. Future minimum lease payments, as of December 31, 2010, associated with these agreements 
with terms of one year or more are approximately as follows: 

Through Year Ending December 31: 

2011  .........................................................................................................   $ 6,516,000
2012  .........................................................................................................      6,104,000
2013  .........................................................................................................      5,603,000
2014  .........................................................................................................      3,264,000
2015  .........................................................................................................      2,575,000
  4,840,000
Thereafter ................................................................................................. 
   $ 28,902,000

Total operating lease expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses was approximately $7,858,000, 
$8,798,000 and $7,885,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

F-23 

 
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

11. 

Commitments and Contingencies (continued) 

Contingencies:  

Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc 

On February 18, 2005, the Company’s MedStaff subsidiary became the subject of a purported class action lawsuit (Maureen 
Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc.) filed in the Superior Court of California in Riverside County. The lawsuit 
relates to only MedStaff corporate employees working in California. The claims alleged under this lawsuit were generally 
similar in nature to those brought by Darrelyn Renee Henry in a lawsuit against the Company, which was dismissed 
(Darrelyn Renee Henry vs. MedStaff, Inc., et. al.).  

The lawsuit alleges, among other things, violations of certain sections of the California Labor Code, the California Business 
and Professions Code, and recovery of unpaid wages and penalties. MedStaff currently has less than 50 corporate employees 
in California. The Plaintiffs, Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda, purport to sue on behalf of themselves and all others 
similarly situated, and allege that MedStaff failed, under California law, to provide corporate employees while in on-call 
status with meal periods and rest breaks, and pay for those missed meal periods and rest breaks; failed to compensate the 
employees for all hours worked; failed to compensate the employees for working overtime; failed to keep appropriate records 
to keep track of time worked; failed to pay Plaintiffs and their purported class as required by law. Plaintiffs seek, among 
other things, an order enjoining MedStaff from engaging in the practices challenged in the complaint and for full restitution 
of all monies, for interest, for certain penalties provided for by the California Labor Code and for attorneys’ fees and costs. 
On February 5, 2007, the court granted class certification. In December 2009, the Company reached an agreement in 
principle to settle this matter. As a result, the Company accrued a pre-tax charge of $345,000 related to this lawsuit. In 
October 2010, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement.  

The Company is also subject to other legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. In the 
opinion of management, the outcome of these other matters will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated 
financial position or results of operations.  

F-24 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

12. 

Income Taxes  

The components of the Company’s income tax (benefit) expense are as follows:  

Current  

Federal ......................................................................................  
State ..........................................................................................  
Foreign  .....................................................................................  

Deferred  ........................................................................................  

2010 

Year Ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

$

$

(5,636,383)  $
(747,265) 
8,636 
(6,375,012) 
5,378,275 
(996,737)  $

(3,726,369)  $
(607,057) 
56,000 
(4,277,426) 
9,237,802 
4,960,376 

4,883,160
1,541,492
575,177
6,999,829
(68,223,408)
$ (61,223,579)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Current deferred tax assets: 

Accrued other and prepaid expenses ......................................................................... 
Accrued professional liability  ................................................................................... 
Legal settlement charge ............................................................................................. 
Allowance for doubtful accounts  .............................................................................. 
Impairment charges ................................................................................................... 
Other  ......................................................................................................................... 
Gross deferred tax assets............................................................................................ 
Valuation allowance .................................................................................................. 
Deferred tax assets  .................................................................................................... 

Non-current deferred tax (liabilities) and assets: 

Amortization  ............................................................................................................. 
Depreciation .............................................................................................................. 
Identifiable intangibles .............................................................................................. 
Impairment charges ................................................................................................... 
State net operating loss carryforwards  ...................................................................... 
Other  ......................................................................................................................... 
Gross deferred tax assets............................................................................................ 
Valuation allowance .................................................................................................. 
Deferred tax assets ..................................................................................................... 
Net deferred taxes  .......................................................................................................... 

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

4,971,103 
34,315 
— 
785,555 
5,541,052 
880,395 
12,212,420 
(411,642) 
11,800,778 

(73,387,528) 
(2,801,240) 
(3,021,848) 
77,569,919 
5,545,207 
1,479,324 
5,383,834 
(2,900,189) 
2,483,645 
14,284,423 

$

$

4,442,480
156,833
135,681
1,141,064
5,303,243
1,003,121
12,182,422
(388,688)
11,793,734

(63,517,145)
(3,677,667)
(3,155,253)
74,242,557
2,441,457
1,623,481
7,957,430
(2,567,080)
5,390,350
17,184,084

$

$

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

12. 

Income Taxes (continued) 

The Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based 
on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As 
of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the Company had deferred tax assets of approximately $5,545,000 and 
$2,441,000 related to state net operating loss carryforwards. The state carryforwards will expire between 2011 and 2030. A 
valuation allowance for the state net operating losses has been recorded at December 31, 2010 and 2009, to reduce the 
Company’s deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31, 2010, the 
Company has deferred tax assets of approximately $83,110,971 related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible 
assets. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance based upon the uncertainty of the realization of a particular 
subsidiary’s state portion of its deferred tax asset that arose from the goodwill impairment. 

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U. S. federal statutory rate to income tax (benefit) expense is as follows: 

Tax at U.S. statutory rate  ................................................................................................   $
State taxes, net of federal benefit .................................................................................... 
Non-deductible meals and entertainment ........................................................................ 
Non-deductible other  ...................................................................................................... 
Foreign tax expense  ........................................................................................................ 
Valuation allowances ...................................................................................................... 
Uncertain tax positions  ................................................................................................... 
Deferred tax rate differential ........................................................................................... 
Tax true ups and other  .................................................................................................... 
Total income tax (benefit) expense .................................................................................  $

Year Ended December 31, 
2009 
2010 
3,477,119
(1,320,060 )  $
23,677
(441,440 ) 
(616,613)
348,476  
25,588
4,718  
56,000
(376,924 ) 
342,727
332,496  
1,811,485
749,747  
119,289  
—
(159,607)
(413,039 ) 
4,960,376
(996,737 )  $

The tax years 2007 through 2010 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is 
subject, with the exception of certain states in which the statute of limitations has been extended.  

As of December 31, 2010, pursuant to the subtopic of Other Considerations or Special Areas of the Income Taxes Topic in 
the FASB ASC, the Company did not provide for United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on undistributed 
earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that will be permanently reinvested outside of the United States. The Company 
intends to reinvest its foreign earnings indefinitely. Should the Company repatriate foreign earnings, the Company would 
have to adjust the income tax provision in the period management determined that the Company would repatriate earnings. 
The Company’s estimated undistributed foreign earnings as of December 31, 2010 were approximately $7,139,000, which, if 
distributed, would have resulted in a deferred tax liability of approximately $1,429,000. 

The Company’s Indian subsidiary, Cross Country Infotech Private, Ltd is located in a software technology park and is 
entitled to 100% tax holiday until March 2011. The effect of the income tax holiday was a reduction to the income tax 
provision in 2010 and 2009 of approximately $502,000 and $642,000, respectively. 

The Company recognizes in its financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of 
being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts 
of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:  

Balance at January 1, 2010  ............................................................................................................................   $ 4,443,000  
868,000 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year ..........................................................................  
(154,000) 
Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year ...........................................................................  
(65,000) 
Reductions for tax positions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations  ............................  

Balance at December 31, 2010 .......................................................................................................................

$ 5,092,000 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

12. 

Income Taxes (continued) 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits, which would affect the effective tax rate if 
recognized of approximately $4,375,000 and $3,726,000, respectively. During 2010, the Company had gross increases of 
$868,000 to its current year unrecognized tax benefits, related to federal and state tax issues. In addition, the Company had 
gross decreases of $219,000 to its unrecognized tax benefits related to prior year uncertain positions and the closure of open 
tax years.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. During 
the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized interest and penalties of $33,000 and $114,000, 
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2008, interest and penalties were not material. The Company had accrued 
approximately $748,000 and $690,000 for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2010 and 2009, 
respectively.  

13. 

Stockholders’ Equity  

Stock Repurchase Programs 

In May 2006, and then again in February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized stock repurchase programs 
whereby the Company may purchase up to 1,500,000 shares of its common stock under each authorization, subject to terms 
of the Company’s Credit Agreement. The shares may be repurchased from time-to-time in the open market and the 
repurchase program may be discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion.  

During years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not repurchase shares. During the year ended 
December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased and retired, under both the May 2006 and February 2008 programs, a total of 
924,235 shares at an average price of $11.66. The cost of such purchases was approximately $10,775,000. All of the common 
stock was retired. 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had 1,441,139 shares of common stock left remaining to repurchase under its 
February 2008 authorization, subject to the limitations of the Company’s Credit Agreement. See Note 7- Long-term Debt for 
further information. 

Stock Options 

2007 Stock Incentive Plan 

The Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) was approved by its stockholders at its 2007 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders, held in May of 2007, and was amended at its Annual Meeting held in May of 2010. Key modifications in the 
amendment were to increase the aggregate share reserve and increase the share sub-limit for Awards that are not 
Appreciation Awards (as defined by the Plan). Other clarifying amendments to reflect recent developments in equity 
compensation practices and applicable law were also included.   

The 2007 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares, and 
other stock-based awards, all as defined by the 2007 Plan, to eligible employees, consultants and non-employee Directors. 
The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2007 Plan or 
with respect to which awards may be granted may not exceed 3,500,000 shares, which may be either authorized and unissued 
common stock or common stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company; provided, however, that 1,700,000 
shares of this aggregate limit may be used for awards that are not Appreciation Awards (including restricted stock, 
performance shares or certain other stock-based awards).  

Under the 2007 Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the Committee), has the discretion 
to determine the terms of the awards at the time of the grant. Provided, however, that, in the case of stock options and stock 
appreciation rights (share options): 1) the exercise price per share of the award is not less than 100% (or, in the case of 10% 
or more stockholders, the exercise price of the incentive stock options (ISOs) granted may not be less than 110%) of the fair  

F-27 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

13. 

Stockholders’ Equity (continued) 

market value of the common stock at the time of the grant; and 2) the term of the award will be no more than 10 years after 
the date the option is granted (or, shall not exceed five years, in the case of a 10% or more stock holder). In the case of 
restricted stock, the purchase price may be zero to the extent permitted by applicable law. 

The following awards were granted under the 2007 Plan to the Company’s non-employee Directors and management team: 

Stock appreciation rights......................................................................  
Restricted stock ....................................................................................  

2010 
459,647 
205,647 

Year Ended December 31, 
2009 
569,000 
304,133 

2008 
158,664
110,310

The stock appreciation rights can only be settled with stock. The stock appreciation rights vest 25% per year over a 4 year 
period and expire after 7 years. The restricted stock awards vest 25% each year over a 4 year period. Upon exercise or 
conversion, the Company’s policy is to issue new shares from its authorized but unissued balance of common stock 
outstanding or shares of common stock reacquired by the Company. 

Due to the adoption of the 2007 Plan, no further grants will be issued under the Company’s 1999 Plans referred to below.  

1999 Stock Option Plan and Equity Participation Plan 

On December 16, 1999, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 1999 Stock Option Plan and Equity Participation 
Plan (collectively, the 1999 Plans), which was amended and restated on October 25, 2001 and provided for the issuance of 
ISOs and non-qualified stock options to eligible employees and non-employee directors for the purchase of up to 4,398,001 
shares of common stock. 

Share option changes, under both plans, during the year ended December 31, 2010, were as follows:  

Share options outstanding at beginning of year  ..........................................
Granted ........................................................................................................
Exercised .....................................................................................................
Forfeited ......................................................................................................
Expired ........................................................................................................

Share options outstanding at end of year  ....................................................
Share options exercisable at end of year  .....................................................

Shares 

Option Price 

1,512,980 
254,000 
— 
(72,511) 
— 

1,694,469 
927,349 

$8.56-$37.13 
$8.09 
— 
$8.56-$30.39 
— 

$8.09-$37.13 
$8.56-$37.13 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price 

$13.27   
$8.09   
— 
$14.74   
— 

$12.43   
$15.07   

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had outstanding 1,694,469 share options outstanding of which 1,628,666 were 
vested or expected to vest at a weighted average exercise price of $12.58, aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $85,000 
and weighted average contractual life of 4.2 years. As of December 31, 2010, 54.7% of share options outstanding, or 927,349 
share options, were fully exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $15.07, no intrinsic value and a remaining 
contractual life of 3.2 years. 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

13. 

Stockholders’ Equity (continued) 

The following table represents information about stock options and stock appreciation rights granted and exercised in each 
year. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company issued options and stock appreciation rights 
at market price. 

Share option grants  ..............................................................................................   
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during 

Year Ended December 31, 
2009 
569,000  

2010 
254,000  

2008 
158,664

the period ...........................................................................................................  
Total intrinsic value of options exercised  ............................................................  
Fair value of shares vested during the year ..........................................................  

$
$
$

2.77 
— 
987,742 

$
$
$

3.40   $
$
$

253,622 
411,651 

6.38
577,558
371,008

The fair value of options granted were estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on 
the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected dividend yield .......................................................................................  
Expected volatility  ...............................................................................................  
Risk-free interest rate ...........................................................................................  
Expected life  ........................................................................................................  

Year Ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

0.00% 

41.00  

1.75% 

0.00% 

45.00  

2.34% 

4 years  

4 years  

0.00%
48.02  
3.56%
6 years  

The expected life of the options is based on historical exercise behavior. The Company computes expected volatility using 
the historical volatility of the market price of the Company’s common stock. 

Restricted Stock 

Restricted stock awards granted under the Company’s 2007 Plan entitle the holder to receive, at the end of a vesting period, a 
specified number of shares of the Company’s common stock. Share-based compensation expense is measured by the market 
value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company 
issued 205,647; 304,133 and 110,310 shares of restricted stock, respectively. The shares vest ratably over a four year period 
ending on the anniversary date of the grant. There is no partial vesting and any unvested portion is forfeited.  

The following table summarizes restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2010: 

Unvested restricted stock awards, January 1, 2010 ..................................................................   
Granted ................................................................................................................................ 
Vested  ................................................................................................................................. 
Forfeited .............................................................................................................................. 
Unvested restricted stock awards at December 31, 2010 ......................................................... 

Number of 
Shares 
417,057  
205,647  
(121,005)  
—  
501,699  

$

$

Weighted  
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

10.38
8.09
11.21
—
9.24

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $3,203,000 pretax of total unrecognized compensation cost 
related to non-vested restricted stock awards which will be adjusted for future changes in forfeitures. The Company expects 
to recognize such cost over a period of 2.7 years.  

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

13. 

Stockholders’ Equity (continued) 

Secondary Offerings 

In November 2004, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
for the registration of 11,403,455 shares of common stock held by three of its existing shareholders. No members of 
management registered shares pursuant to this registration statement. On April 14, 2005, the Company announced a public 
offering of 4,172,868 shares of common stock pursuant to this Form S-3 shelf registration statement. All net proceeds from 
the sale went to the selling stockholders. Subsequently, on November 15, 2006, the Company announced a public offering of 
approximately 4,000,000 shares pursuant to this Form S-3 shelf registration statement. All net proceeds from the sale went to 
the selling stockholders. The November 2004 registration statement remains effective.  

14. 

Earnings Per Share  

In accordance with the requirements of the Earnings Per Share Topic of the FASB ASC, basic earnings per share is 
computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (excluding nonvested restricted 
stock) and diluted earnings per share reflects the dilutive effects of stock options and restricted stock (as calculated utilizing 
the treasury stock method). Certain shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of options and vesting of 
restricted stock have been excluded from the 2010, 2009 and 2008 per share calculations because their effect would have 
been anti-dilutive. Such shares amounted to 2,093,202; 1,707,225 and 2,561,507, during the years ended December 31, 2010, 
2009 and 2008, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009, 174,786 incremental shares of common stock were 
included in diluted weighted average shares outstanding. For purposes of calculating net (loss) income per common share - 
diluted for the year ending December 31, 2010 and 2008, the Company excluded potentially dilutive shares from the 
calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive, due to the Company's net loss in those years. In the accompanying 
consolidated statement of operations, the Company recalculated the previously reported 2008 net (loss) income per common 
share-diluted to reflect this immaterial correction. 

15. 

Related Party Transactions  

The Company provides services to hospitals which are affiliated with certain members of the Company’s Board of Directors. 
Pricing for the Company’s services is consistent with its other hospital customers. Revenue related to these transactions 
amounted to approximately $964,000, $927,000 and $3,077,000 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Accounts receivable 
due from these hospitals at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $154,000 and $78,000, respectively. In the year 
ended December 31, 2010, the Company entered into an exclusive vendor management arrangement with one of the hospital 
systems. 

16. 

Segment Information 

The Company reports the following business segments in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB ASC:  

Nurse and allied staffing - The nurse and allied staffing business segment provides travel nurse and allied staffing services 
and per diem nurse services primarily to acute care hospitals which include public and private healthcare and for-profit and 
not-for-profit facilities throughout the U.S. The Company aggregates the different brands that it markets to its customers in 
this business segment.  

Physician staffing - In the third quarter of 2008, the Company added a physician staffing business segment as a result of the 
MDA acquisition (See Note 4- Acquisitions for further information). MDA provides multi-specialty locum tenens and allied 
staffing services to the healthcare industry in all 50 states. MDA’s locum tenens business comprises the physician staffing 
business segment while MDA’s allied staffing services have been aggregated with the Company’s nurse and allied staffing 
business segment. 

Clinical trial services - The clinical trial services business segment provides clinical trial, drug safety, and regulatory 
professionals and services on a contract staffing and outsourced basis to companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and 
medical device industries, as well as to contract research organizations, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe.  

Other human capital management services - The other human capital management services business segment includes the 
combined results of the Company’s education and training and retained search businesses.  

F-30 

 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

16. 

Segment Information (continued) 

The Company’s management evaluates performance of each segment primarily based on revenue and contribution income 
(which is defined as income (loss) from operations before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and corporate 
expenses not specifically identified to a reported segment). The Company’s management does not evaluate, manage or 
measure performance of segments using asset information; accordingly, asset information by segment is not prepared or 
disclosed. See Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets for further information. The information in the 
following table is derived from the segments’ internal financial information as used for corporate management purposes. 
Certain corporate expenses are not allocated to and/or among the operating segments. 

Information on operating segments and a reconciliation of such information to income (loss) from operations for the periods 
indicated are as follows: 

Revenue from unaffiliated customers: 

Nurse and allied staffing  ..........................................................  $
Physician staffing  ..................................................................... 
Clinical trial services ................................................................ 
Other human capital management services  .............................. 

  $

Contribution income (a): 

Nurse and allied staffing  ..........................................................  $
Physician staffing  ..................................................................... 
Clinical trial services ................................................................ 
Other human capital management services  .............................. 

2010 

Year ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

$

$

$

242,159,564
121,598,251
61,957,286
42,846,423
468,561,524

22,888,072
13,052,219
6,390,317
3,767,868
46,098,476

$ 

$ 

$ 

313,037,898
151,853,105
71,678,636
41,667,843
578,237,482

30,641,117
15,165,052
7,029,282
2,973,400
55,808,851

525,771,381
56,558,079
99,128,952
52,788,259
734,246,671

53,821,735
5,710,995
15,300,776
7,444,039
82,277,545

Unallocated corporate overhead .................................................... 
Depreciation .................................................................................. 
Amortization  ................................................................................. 
Impairment charges ....................................................................... 
Legal settlement charge  ................................................................ 
Income (loss) from operations  ......................................................  $
——————— 
(a)   The Company defines contribution income as income (loss) from operations before depreciation, amortization, 

23,245,232
8,773,088
4,017,968
1,725,926
345,000
17,701,637  $ 

23,064,536
8,043,548
3,850,867
10,764,000

—  
375,525  $

27,456,647
7,636,712
3,165,797
244,094,000
—
(200,075,611)

impairment charges and corporate expenses not specifically identified to a reporting segment. Contribution income is 
used by management when assessing segment performance and is provided in accordance with the Segment Reporting 
Topic of the FASB ASC.  

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
DECEMBER 31, 2010 

17. 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

First  
Quarter 

Second  
Quarter 

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter (a) 

2010 
Revenue from services ................................................  

$ 121,360,771   $ 117,837,146   $  115,687,302   $ 113,676,305

Gross profit  .................................................................  

$ 33,633,073 

Net income (loss).........................................................  
Net income per common share: 
Net income (loss) – basic ............................................  
Net income (loss) – diluted  .........................................  

$

$
$

1,134,714 

0.04 
0.04 

$

$

$
$

33,651,434 

$  32,429,878 

1,178,346 

$ 

915,735 

0.04 
0.04 

$ 
$ 

0.03 
0.03 

$

$

$
$

32,597,039

(6,003,658)

(0.19)
(0.19)

First  
Quarter 

Second  
Quarter  

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter(b) 

2009 
Revenue from services ................................................  

$ 175,416,856   $ 149,046,503   $  129,634,637   $ 124,139,486

Gross profit  .................................................................  

$ 43,833,603 

Net income...................................................................  

$

3,035,631 

Net income per common share: 
Net income – basic ......................................................  
Net income – diluted ...................................................  

$
$

0.10 
0.10 

$

$

$
$

39,597,394 

$  34,680,381 

2,292,325 

$ 

967,837 

0.07 
0.07 

$ 
$ 

0.03 
0.03 

$

$

$
$

35,142,108

398,515

0.01
0.01

——————— 
(a)  During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $10,764,000. The 
Company conducted an assessment of the trademark related to its MDA acquisition due to the recent reduction in 
locum tenens usage and the overall physician staffing needs of its customers. Based on the impact these recent trends 
have had on the long term revenue forecast, the Company’s assessment indicated the carrying amount of the trademark 
may not be fully recoverable. Refer to discussion in Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.  
(b)  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $1,726,000. The 

Company conducted an assessment of a particular trademark and database in its clinical trial services segment due to a 
change in marketing strategy for the business that indicated the carrying amount of the trademark and database may not 
be recoverable. Refer to discussion in Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets. The Company also 
recorded a legal settlement charge of $345,000 during the fourth quarter of 2009. Refer to discussion in Note 11–
Commitments and Contingencies. 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC. 

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008 

Schedule II 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Year ended December 31, 2010 ... $ 4,544,954   $
  6,408,772    
Year ended December 31, 2009 ...
Year ended December 31, 2008 ...
  5,585,286    

Charged to
Costs and 
Expenses 

  Write-offs 

Recoveries 

Other 
Changes 

Balance at 
End 
of Period 

293,795
––
950,711

$ (1,343,854)  $
(2,008,101) 
(1,072,319) 

6,073   $
144,283    
40,944    

––   $ 3,500,968
4,544,954
––  
6,408,772
904,150 (a)

Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax 

Assets 

Year ended December 31, 2010 ... $ 2,955,768
  2,682,953
Year ended December 31, 2009 ...
Year ended December 31, 2008 ...
522,961

$

356,063 (b) $
272,815 (b)
  2,159,992 (b)

$

–– 
–– 
–– 

$

––
––
––

––
––
––

$ 3,311,831
2,955,768
2,682,953

——————— 
(a)  

Includes the allowance for doubtful accounts on receivables acquired in the MDA acquisition. 

(b)   Related to deferred tax assets on state net operating losses 

II-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES  

Exhibit 21.1 

Subsidiary 

Place of Incorporation 

AKOS Limited 
Allied Health Group, LLC 
Assent Consulting 
Assignment America, Inc. 
Cejka Search, Inc. 
CC Local, Inc. 
CC Staffing, Inc. 
ClinForce, LLC  
Credent Verification and Licensing Services, LLC 
Cross Country Capital, Inc. 
Cross Country Healthcare UK Holdco Limited 
Cross Country Holdco (Cyprus) Limited 
Cross Country Infotech, Pvt, Ltd.  
Cross Country Local, Inc.  
Cross Country Education, LLC  
Cross Country Publishing, LLC 
Cross Country TravCorps, Inc. 
Jamestown Indemnity, Ltd. 
MCVT, Inc. 
MDA Holdings, Inc. 
Med-Staff, Inc.  
Medical Doctor Associates, LLC 
Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, Inc. (DBA Akos US) 
MRA Search, Inc. 

United Kingdom 
Delaware 
California 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
Cyprus 
India 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Cayman Islands 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: 

(1)  Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-120189) and the related Prospectus of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.; 

(2)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-74862) pertaining to Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s Amended and 

Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s Amended and Restated Equity Participation 
Plan; and 

(3)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-145484) pertaining to Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s 2007 Stock 

Incentive Plan 

of our reports dated March 11, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Cross Country 
Healthcare, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. in this 
Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 
Certified Public Accountants 

Boca Raton, Florida 
March 11, 2011 

 
  
  
  
  
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Joseph A. Boshart, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent function): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 
role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2011 

/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART 
Joseph A. Boshart 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Emil Hensel, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent function): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 
role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2011 

/s/ EMIL HENSEL 
Emil Hensel 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (the "Company") for 
the year ended December 31, 2010 (the "Periodic Report"), I, Joseph A. Boshart, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, 
hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that to my knowledge the Periodic Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Date: March 11, 2011 

Exhibit 32.1 

The foregoing certification is provided solely for purposes of complying with the provisions of Section 906 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART 
Joseph A. Boshart 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (the "Company") for 
the year ended December 31, 2010 (the "Periodic Report"), I, Emil Hensel, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby 
certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my 
knowledge the Periodic Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 and that the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Date: March 11, 2011 

Exhibit 32.2 

The foregoing certification is provided solely for purposes of complying with the provisions of Section 906 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

/s/ EMIL HENSEL 
Emil Hensel 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
corporate information

board of directors

executives

corporate headQuarters

Joseph a. boshart 

Joseph a. boshart 

President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

w. larry cash(a)(b) 

Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer, 
Community Health Systems

c. taylor cole, Jr. 

Partner, 
Charterhouse Group, Inc.

thomas c. dircks(b)(c) 

Managing Partner, 
Charterhouse Group, Inc.

gale fitzgerald(a) 
Retired Principal, 
TranSpend, Inc.

emil hensel 

Chief Financial Officer, 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

Joseph trunfio(a)(c) 
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Atlantic Health Systems

emil hensel 

Chief Financial Officer, 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

susan e. ball, rn 

General Counsel and Secretary, 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

Jim ginter 

President, Medical Doctor Associates

greg greene 

President, Cross Country Education

victor kalafa 

Vice President  
Corporate Development and Strategy, 
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.

lori schutte 

President, Cejka Search

anthony sims 

President, Clinical Trial Services

(a) Member of the Audit Committee  

Jonathan w. ward 

President, Cross Country Staffing

(b) Member of the Compensation  
  Committee 

(c) Member of the Governance and  
  Nominating Committee

transfer agent

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services 

P.O. Box 358015 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15252 

Toll-Free Phone: 877.219.7066

independent registered public accounting firm

Ernst & Young LLP 

5100 Town Center Circle, Suite 500 

Boca Raton, Florida 33486

forward-looking statements

Information concerning forward-looking statements can be found on page 1 of our Annual 

Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 

6551 Park of Commerce Boulevard 

Boca Raton, Florida 33487 

Phone: 561.998.2232 

www.crosscountryhealthcare.com

stockholder inQuires

News releases, SEC filings, annual reports, corporate 

governance matters and additional information 

about Cross Country Healthcare are available on 

our corporate website at no cost. Our Form 10-K 

is available on our corporate website or the SEC’s 

website at www.sec.gov. Current and prospective 

investors can also register to automatically receive 

by email our press releases, SEC filings and other 

notices. Information about the Company can also 

be obtained by writing or contacting:

howard a. goldman 

Director of Investor & Corporate Relations 

Phone: 561.998.2232 

Toll-Free: 877.686.9779 

Email: ir@crosscountry.com

stock listings

Our common stock trades under the symbol 

“CCRN” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market,  

a market tier of the NASDAQ Stock Market®.  

Our common stock commenced trading on the 

NASDAQ National Market on Oct. 25, 2001.

corporate governance

Information concerning our corporate governance 

practices, including our Code of Conduct, Code 

of Ethics, Committee Charters, and Certification of 

Financial Statements, is available on our corporate 

website at www.crosscountryhealthcare.com.

We also have established a toll-free phone number 

and an email address for stockholders to communicate 

with our Board of Directors. All such communications 

will be kept confidential and forwarded directly to 

the appropriate party, as applicable.

Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, as well as in quarterly and 

Governance Hotline: 800.354.7197 

other reports to be filed by us during 2011.

Governance Email: governance@crosscountry.com

 
6551 park of commerce blvd. 

boca raton, florida 33487

561.998.2232  

www.crosscountryhealthcare.com